Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Strix Group PLC

Strix Group PLC

ketl · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ketl
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Strix Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Innovative &  
Sustainable  
Technology

Annual report and accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
Our mission:

Innovating safety  
and design for a  
sustainable future.

Our vision:

Establishing a world-leading 
innovative and sustainable 
technology business.

About us:
Strix is a global leader in 
the design, manufacture 
and supply of kettle 
safety controls and other 
components and devices 
involving water heating 
and temperature control, 
steam management and 
water filtration.

Strix is admitted to trading on  
the AIM Market of the London  
Stock Exchange (AIM: KETL). 

Operational highlights

•  Production efficiency of core 

kettle products improved with  
73% of all assembly lines now  
fully automated. 

•  Set clearly defined KPI targets  
to measure progress towards 
meeting our sustainability 
commitments as part of our 
‘Sustainable. Innovative. 
Dependable.’ strategy.

•  Industry-leading and ambitious 

decarbonisation target –  
net zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023 – 
demonstrates commitment  
to sustainability agenda. 

•  New Strix.com website launched 
demonstrating the Company’s 
vision of the future. 

•  Successfully upgraded to SAP  
to improve real time data and 
streamline internal processes.

   For further operational information  
please see pages 8 to 11

 
Annual report and accounts 2021

2021 Financial highlights

Contents

Revenue

£119.4m 

Adjusted profit before tax

£32.2m 

+25.3%

2021
2020
2019

£119.4m

£95.3m
£96.9m

+4.2%

2021
2020
2019

Adjusted profit after tax

£31.4m 

Adjusted EBITDA

£40.5m 

+6.4%

2021
2020
2019

+6.3%

£31.4m

£29.5m
£28.9m

2021
2020
2019

£32.2m

£30.9m
£30.2m

£40.5m

£38.1m
£36.9m

Adjusted earnings per share

Total dividend per share for the year 

15.2p 

+2.0%

2021
2020
2019

8.35p 

+6.4%

15.2p
14.9p
15.2p

2021
2020
2019

8.35p

7.85p
7.70p

•  Excellent progress made in Strix’s 
water category in Asia-Pacific, 
Europe and North America  
through new distribution and 
private label contracts with 
reputable distributors, retailers 
and  brands in those regions. 

  For further strategy information,  

	 please	see	pages	30-37

Strategic highlights

•  Remain on track to deliver medium-
term targets to double the Group’s 
revenues primarily through growth 
in the water and appliances 
categories. 

•  Expanded share of the global 
kettle controls market by a  
further 1% to 56% by value. 

•  The acquisition of LAICA continues 
to be successfully integrated in 
line with plan to achieve the 
identified benefits, and the trading 
performance has been strong over 
the period. 

•  New manufacturing operations 
within Zengcheng district in 
Guangzhou, China are now fully 
operational and were delivered  
on time, to budget and executed 
during a global pandemic. 

•  Launches of Aurora and Dual Flo as 
key extensions of Strix domestic 
appliances category, both with 
strong energy saving and 
sustainability benefits. 

Strategic report 
1 
2021 highlights
2  Company overview
4  Chairman’s statement
6  COVID-19 response
8	 Chief	Executive	Officer’s	statement
12  Strix rebranded
14  Strix investment case
16  Key performance indicators
20  Our people
24  Business model
26  Market review
30  Growth strategy
34  New factory and automation  
36  Delivering our strategy
38  New products roadmap
40  Categories case study:  

Water category  

41  Categories case study:  

Aqua Optima

42  Categories case study: HaloPure
43  Categories case study: LAICA S.p.A
45  Categories case study:  
Appliances category
46  Engaging our stakeholders
48  Risk management approach
49  Principal risks
55  Capital Allocation Framework
56  Sustainable investing
60  Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial	Disclosure	(TCFD)

63  Responsible business
67	 Chief	Financial	Officer’s	statement

Governance report
72   Board of Directors
73   Senior management team
74  Board activities
75  Corporate governance statement
76  How we govern
78  QCA principles and Strix
82	 Audit	Committee	report
83	 Nomination	Committee	report
84  Directors’ remuneration report
92  Directors’ report

Financial statements
94  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report

95 
98  Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
99  Consolidated statement  
of	financial	position
100  Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity
101  Consolidated statement  

of	cash	flows

102  Notes to the consolidated  
financial	statements

IBC  Legal and professional advisors

1

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIsle of Man, UK

- Head Office, Manufacturing 

  & Research and Development

- Kettle Controls

Chester, UK

- Sales

- Water Filtration, Kettle 

  Controls & Appliances 

Hong Kong

- Sales & Administration

- Kettle Controls, Water 

  & Appliances

Shanghai, China

- Manufacturing & Sales

- Water

Taipei, Taiwan

- Sales & Administration

- Appliances

Strix Group Plc

Company overview

A global leader with 
sustainable growth from 
diverse revenue streams 

Strix’s long-term vision is to diversify the 
revenue streams across our three core 
categories through the implementation  
of growth and sustainability strategies.  
The Group’s emphasis on medium-term 
targets achieved through organic and 
strategic acquisitions, and commitment  
to providing a safer sustainable future for 
stakeholders, reinforces the focus in 
expanding revenue streams in the water  
and appliances categories, whilst continuing 
to grow market share in kettle controls.

Revenue split by category – 2021 versus 2020

£119.4m

  Kettle controls 2021: £85.1m (2020: £79.8m)
  Water category 2021: £21.4m (2020: £11.7m)
  Appliances category 2021: £12.9m (2020: £3.8m) 

  2021 (outer circle)
  2020 (inner circle)

10.8%

17.9%

4%

12.3%

83.7%

71.3%

2

Seattle, USA
- Sales
- Water Filtration
 & Appliances

Guangzhou, China

- Manufacturing

- Water, Kettle Controls

& Appliances

Valencia, Spain

- Sales

- Water & 

  Appliances

Vicenza, Italy

- Manufacturing & Sales

- Water & Appliances

Sustainable 
Water category
Strix continues to enhance our water filtration portfolio, with
numerous product launches through our Aqua Optima, LAICA,
HaloPure and astrea brands, as well as through brand and retail
partners where we operate as a key OEM in the category. The
Group continues to bring product manufacturing in-house  
to deliver superior quality and innovation, and we expect to
manufacture over 80% of the water category in our own factories 
by the end of 2022. Strix continues to offer a multi-brand product 
portfolio meeting all consumer water filtration needs. Together, 
these brands deliver global solutions for water filtration and 
sterilisation needs through the delivery of water bottles, jugs, 
filters and other related appliances.

Given increased consumer focus on health-conscious choices 
and in reducing plastic waste, Strix is able to offer sustainable 
products that allow consumers to make healthier choices for 
themselves and the environment. 

New products and existing product enhancements 
planned in 2022, detailed in our new products 
roadmap on page 38:

5

Seattle, USA

- Sales

- Water Filtration

 & Appliances

Annual report and accounts 2021

Strategic report

Governance report

Financial statements

Strix global share of kettle 
controls market value

Number of  
employees

56%

850+

Isle of Man, UK
- Head Office, Manufacturing 
  & Research and Development
- Kettle Controls

Chester, UK
- Sales
- Water Filtration, Kettle 
  Controls & Appliances 

Hong Kong
- Sales & Administration
- Kettle Controls, Water 
  & Appliances

Shanghai, China
- Manufacturing & Sales
- Water

Taipei, Taiwan
- Sales & Administration
- Appliances

Guangzhou, China
- Manufacturing
- Water, Kettle Controls
& Appliances

  Regulated markets
  Less Regulated markets
  China 

Valencia, Spain
- Sales
- Water & 
  Appliances

Vicenza, Italy
- Manufacturing & Sales
- Water & Appliances

Innovative 
Appliances category
Strix continues to focus its innovation efforts around solving real 
problems and providing meaningful benefits to our customers 
through convenient, simple and sustainable solutions. Strix aims 
to excel and differentiate, applying our water, temperature and 
steam management technologies to relevant, value-driven 
consumer appliances that take the frustrations out of 
everyday tasks.	

Strix’s Research & Development team continues to focus on 
enhancing the efficiency of its products by developing modular 
solutions. This enables us to access market routes via our own 
brands and through key partners, which in turn enables Strix to 
achieve a bigger impact in terms of sustainability and commercial 
return. Whilst technology innovation is at the heart of the 
category developments, Strix is also developing a fast track 
sourced product approach to bolster the appliances range  
under LAICA and Aqua Optima brands. 

Dependable 
Kettle controls category
Strix’s core product line of safety controls for small domestic 
appliances (primarily kettles) continues to make up the majority 
of the Group’s business. We remain the leader within the kettle 
controls market, with an estimated 56% market value share. 
Despite such a strong foothold in the market, we remain rigorous 
in our category approach with targeted initiatives across key 
regions, a focus on innovation within the product space and 
ongoing cost reduction initiatives. 

As the market leader in controls and with a reputation for safety, 
the Group established a strong reputation for dependable 
products that will achieve the highest level of performance while 
meeting all of the relevant safety requirements. Increased 
emphasis has also been placed on developing products which 
reduce environmental wastage through minimising energy 
losses during in-use consumption, as well as significantly 
reducing the use of precious metals within the core components.

New products and existing product enhancements 
planned in 2022, detailed in our new products 
roadmap on page 38: 

New products and existing product enhancements 
planned in 2022, detailed in our new products 
roadmap on page 38: 

8

4

3

Strix Group Plc

Chairman’s statement

Continued resilience 
underpinning the  
Group’s performance  
despite global headwinds

 ‘Through its robust business model and strong 
commitment towards meeting medium-term 
targets, the Group has achieved another year 
of growth in underlying profitability in the face 
of headwinds.’ 

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

Introduction
2021 was yet another extraordinary year 
which saw the impact of the pandemic 
recovery result in significant economic 
headwinds affecting the global economies 
as the world adapts to the new normal. 
Despite these challenges, Strix was able  
to deliver a solid trading performance in  
the year which further demonstrates the 
Group’s robust business model and its solid 
progress towards meeting medium-term 
targets of doubling revenues. Headwinds 
will continue to persist into 2022 which  
will present a challenging operating 
environment for the Group, however, the 
Board remains confident in its ability to 
steer through the challenges ahead as it 
executes its growth strategies. The Board 
would like to give credit and express 
gratitude to our people for their resilience 
throughout the year, as they have 
continued to work diligently to support  
all of our stakeholders.

Through the Group’s prudent Capital 
Allocation model, Strix saw the successful 
completion of its new manufacturing facility 
in China, which was completed on time and 
to budget during a global pandemic, and 
which became fully operational in 2021. We 
continue to place our focus on efficiency 
improvements, with increased production 
capacity and in-sourcing at the new factory 
to strive for higher margins and profitability. 
In addition, LAICA was successfully 
integrated into the Group in the current 
year, with the Group realising the 
synergistic benefits of the integration 
through growth in its water and appliances 
categories. The Group will continue to 
actively seek value adding acquisition 
targets that support its medium-term 
growth ambitions.

4

Annual report and accounts 2021

Revenue

+25.3%

2021: £119.4m
2020: £95.3m
2019: £96.9m 

Adjusted EBITDA

+6.3%

2021: £40.5m
2020: £38.1m
2019: £36.9m

The Group’s proposal of increasing 
dividends in the current year, in line with its 
progressive dividend policy that is linked to 
underlying earnings, reflects the Board’s 
confidence in the outlook for the Group.

Medium-term strategy
The Group outlined its medium-term  
target of doubling revenues over the  
next five years at the Capital Markets Day  
in November 2020, primarily through  
organic growth in its water and  
appliances categories.

The Group remains confident in meeting  
its targets as it continues to implement  
its divisional growth strategy across all 
categories, and in addition, seek out  
value adding opportunities in the form of 
new acquisitions and technologies, new 
product development and an increased 
commercialisation drive to further enhance 
organic growth in the water and appliances 
categories, while maintaining a market-
leading position in global kettle controls.

The Group’s sustainability commitments 
are vital and are therefore embedded into 
the business strategy in order to provide  
a safer, more sustainable future for our 
various stakeholders.

Financial performance
Revenue for 2021 grew by 25.3% from 2020 
to £119.4m (28.8% growth on a constant 
currency basis). Adjusted gross profits for 
the current year was £47.4m, representing  
a 20.3% increase from prior year. Adjusted 
gross profit margin was 39.7%, diluted by 
1.6% due to increases in commodity prices 
and freight costs recently seen in global 
supply chains in the wake of the pandemic 
recovery, further affected by adverse 
foreign currency movements. Adjusted 
EBITDA was £40.5m (2020: £38.1m), showing 
an increase of 6.3%. Adjusted profit after 

tax grew by 6.4% to £31.4m (2020: £29.5m) 
in line with management expectations. 

Impact of COVID-19
The first half of 2021 saw continued 
lockdown restrictions implemented  
globally, mainly due to the spread of the 
Delta variant of COVID-19. However, Strix 
continued to deliver strong performance in 
H1 as it implemented efficiency measures 
and strategic initiatives to maximise on 
increased demand from home stays during 
lockdowns. The markets softened in H2 as 
most of the world gradually emerged out of 
lockdown restrictions leading to consumer 
spending shifting to more outdoor service 
sectors which had not been available due  
to the restrictions. The impact on the 
pandemic recovery towards the end of  
the year also brought some headwinds 
affecting supply chains in global markets 
which resulted in rising costs of 
commodities, labour and freight. 

Despite the global macroeconomic 
disruptions caused by the COVID-19 
pandemic and the resulting recovery,  
Strix has put in place, and will continue  
to implement, Group-specific controls  
to allow ‘business as usual’ and ensure 
minimal disruptions to operations 
throughout 2022 and beyond. The 
robustness of our business model, 
supported by strategic initiatives, gives  
the Board confidence that the Group will 
navigate the growing uncertainties ahead 
and deliver against medium-term targets.

Sustainability
Strix has a robust philosophy towards 
sustainability and our goal is to embed 
sustainability into our business strategy, 
from the way we package our products  
to how our consumers use them.

The Group re-examined its approach to 
sustainability in 2020, in order to establish  
a clear strategy in line with the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals. During 
2021, we set up clearly defined baseline  
key performance indicators against which 
we can track progress and monitor 
improvements going forward. 

Strix’s approach to sustainability involves  
all areas and employees within the Group, 
and we have also integrated LAICA. The  
CEO is the main conduit for sustainability 
management, alongside key executive 
management, reporting to the Board with 
oversight by our Non-Executive Director, 
Richard Sells. 

Dividend policy
In line with our dividend policy linked to 
underlying earnings, the Board is proposing 
a final dividend of 5.6p per share, in addition 
to the 2.75p interim dividend paid in October 
2021, making the total dividend 8.35p per 
share in respect of the 2021 financial year.

The final dividend will be paid on 10 June 
2022 to shareholders on the register at 
13 May 2022 and the shares will trade 
ex-dividend from 12 May 2022.

Annual General Meeting
The Company will be hosting its Annual 
General Meeting on 26 May 2022 at 09.00  
at our registered office at Forrest House on 
the Isle of Man, to which I welcome all of our 
shareholders, and the notice of which will 
be sent to shareholders in due course. 
Further details will be set out in the formal 
notice of meeting, including recommended 
COVID-19 preventative measures prior to, 
and during, attendance at the meeting. 

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

5

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

COVID-19 response

Creating ‘Business as 
Usual’ during COVID-19 

2021

Throughout 2021, Strix began to adapt to the new normal.
The flexibility of our staff across all sites, moving from office  
to working from home and back again, meant that ‘business as 
usual’ could be maintained, supporting the business results.

COVID-19 response
timeline

The year saw a number of 
lockdowns and restrictions 
across multiple jurisdictions, 
however, the Group 
implemented sufficient 
measures across all sites to 
enable working from home, 
thereby minimising 
disruptions to operations. 

January 2021
There was a short circuit-
break lockdown in the Isle of 
Man after a second wave, and 
staff returned to established 
‘work from home’ protocols, 
until local restrictions were 
quickly lifted after 3.5 weeks.

April 2021
A third wave circuit-break in the Isle of Man ended as the 
number of active cases reduced, but Strix maintained 
some controls such as daily temperature testing, 
segregated kitchens and screens between desks, and 
recommended mask wearing to reduce transmission 
risk. Strix USA moved into a new facility, and its new  
test labs then remained open through 2021. Lateral  
flow tests became widely available in the UK and  
the Isle of Man.

May 2021
Our Guangzhou 
operation reported 
that 95% of 
permanent staff 
have now been 
vaccinated.

June 2021
Strix UK office is 
reopened and 
staff return  
to office after 
working  
from home.

The work that Strix did 
in 2020 to support the 
local hospital with 
visors, when supplies 
were critically low,  
was recognised in  
the team winning  
an ‘extraordinary 
islanders award’. 

March 2021
A third wave circuit-break 
lockdown in the Isle of Man 
was implemented as the 
latest variant spread 
through the community.  
The US saw a fourth rise in 
infections in mid-March.  
At the end of March, the 
situation in the UK started  
to improve and the stay at 
home order came to an  
end. Mass vaccination 
programmes were  
underway worldwide.

6

Annual report and accounts 2021

2022 and beyond

For 2022 and looking into the future, Strix’s top priority still  
remains the health and safety of its employees. 

As the pandemic has evolved and many countries begin to take  
an endemic approach, Strix has put in place, and will continue to 
implement, Group-specific controls to allow ‘business as usual’ 
and ensure minimal disruptions throughout 2022 and beyond. 

In the latter part of 2021, the 
UK Government announced 
the reintroduction of some 
control measures, such as 
mandatory face coverings, in 
response to possible impact 
of Omicron variant. Strix UK 
office reverts to primarily 
working from home. 

March 2022 
COVID-19 lockdown 
restrictions were implemented 
in the whole of Shanghai, 
however, measures were  
put in place for staff to work 
from home with minimal 
disruptions, including 
sufficient IT and 
communication systems  
for connectivity. 

In Italy, COVID-19 preventive 
measures regarding the use of 
masks and access to certain 
places and services with 
Green Pass certification are 
gradually being relaxed, 
ensuring minimised 
disruptions to operations. 

The year ended with the 
gradual lifting of restrictions in 
most jurisdictions in order to 
adapt to a ‘new normal’, with  
a few measures put in place  
to further limit the spread of 
the virus. 

April 2022
For the UK and the Isle of Man,  
the respective governments 
removed all restrictions to 
signal a move to treat 
coronavirus as an endemic 
disease similar to other 
illnesses such as flu and 
norovirus. Whilst there were 
some waves of cases in early 
2022, all operations in the Isle 
of Man continue largely as 
normal with limited impact 
from staff isolating and/or 
working from home.

Despite some localised 
increases in cases in China, 
Strix takes an active stance  
to increase COVID-19 controls 
to minimise impact on 
operations, which  
remain fully operational.

7

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Delivering on our medium-term 
strategy and against targets in the 
face of continuing global volatility

 ‘Strix has a robust business model, and 
disciplined execution of our strategies has 
underpinned the resilience of our performance 
throughout economic cycles, so we remain 
confident in our ability to navigate through the 
growing uncertainties ahead whilst delivering on 
our medium-term plan and against our targets.’ 

Mark Bartlett
CEO

Introduction
In 2021 we have delivered a solid trading 
performance which has strengthened  
the Group’s position across its three 
product categories: kettle controls,  
water and appliances. 

This performance demonstrates the 
resilience of Strix’s business model, which 
benefits from geographical and product 
diversification, and is strengthened further 
by the Group’s high cash generation and 
prudent control of its balance sheet. 

The Group has expanded its market-leading 
value share of the global kettle controls 
market whilst significantly expanding the 
size of its water category through both 
organic growth and the strategically 
compelling acquisition of LAICA which  
has delivered strong revenue growth  
over the period. 

In addition, the Group has made solid 
progress against its medium-term target  
to double Group revenues primarily  
through organic growth in its water  
and appliances categories. 

Financial performance 
The Group reported revenue of £119.4m, an 
increase of 28.8% on a constant currency 
basis, versus the same period in prior year, 
and an increase of 26.6% on a constant 
currency basis, versus the same period in 
2019. This was driven by both organic 
growth and the acquisition of LAICA. 

8

Annual report and accounts 2021

Adjusted profit after tax

Final and interim dividend per share

+6.4%

2021:  £31.4m
2020: £29.5m 
2019:  £28.9m 

+6.4%

2021:  8.35p
2020: 7.85p
2019:  7.70p

Adjusted EBITDA increased to £40.5m  
(2020: £38.1m), representing a 6.3% 
increase compared to the same period in 
prior year and an increase of 9.8% versus 
the same period in 2019. Adjusted EBITDA 
margin was 33.9% (2020: 40.0%) and 
adjusted gross profit margin was 39.7% 
(2020: 41.4%), as a result of LAICA’s inclusion 
alongside a number of factors including the 
impact of a number of headwinds which 
continue to persist including increases  
in commodity prices, freight cost inflation, 
supply chain and adverse foreign  
exchange rates. 

Strix has a highly cash generative model 
which incorporates a high ROCE and a high 
proportion of cash in advance payment 
terms limits risk of non-payment and 
working capital fluctuations. 

Net debt (excluding the impact of IFRS 16 
lease liabilities) increased to £51.2m (2020: 
£37.2m) to fund the LAICA acquisition, 
continued investment in compelling  
growth opportunities as well as the new 
manufacturing operations in China. This 
represents a net debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio 
(calculated on a trailing 12-month basis) of 
1.3x compared to 1.1x at the interim stage. 

Strix is in a strong financial position with 
significant liquidity providing flexibility to 
continue to deploy capital consistent with 
its allocation of capital priorities and is 
focused on investing in compelling growth 
opportunities – in particular on new product 
development and compelling acquisition 
opportunities that supports the medium-
term growth ambition of the Group. 

Given the Group’s performance and 
confidence in the continued strength of  
its cash generation, the Board is pleased  
to propose an increased final dividend of 
5.60p per share (2020: 5.25p) which would 
represent a total dividend of 8.35p per  
share (2020: 7.85p). 

Kettle controls category 
The kettle control category recovered 
significantly from losses in 2020, with 
growth in revenue of 6.6% to £85.1m in 2021. 

The market has continued to experience 
strong demand in 2021. Throughout this 
period, Strix has grown its market-leading 
position further to 56% of the global kettle 
controls market by value and is continuing 
to expand both geographically and in the 
number of specifications using its latest 
platform ranges. 

The first half of 2021 saw the Regulated 
segment grow with a strong contribution 
from the UK, Mainland Europe and North 
America. Less Regulated segments also 
grew in a strong first half. The Chinese 
market experienced some weakness during 
2020, but this began to show a marked 
recovery in 2021 and Strix remains the 
leading supplier of controls in that market. 
However, the second half of 2021 had 
significant headwinds impacting demand 
for the full year with the total market 
showing a decline in value but still good 
growth in volume in-line with the market 
forecast of 3%. 

Strix has also continued to focus product 
development on opportunities and design 
improvements in a sustainable way to 
reduce the overall manufactured product 
footprint within the Regulated, Less 
Regulated and China markets that will 
further strengthen Strix’s position and 
support our market share aspirations. 

Following the successful launch of the  
U9 Series during 2017, the Group has 
successfully produced over 70 million 
controls to date. The Group continues to 
develop this series with new variants 
launched to target the smaller size and split 
switch kettle appliances to further enhance 
the portfolio of best-in-class controls. 

Continuous improvement initiatives in  
our manufacturing, measurement and 
testing processes are a key focus to 
enhance product performance to help our 
customers improve their sustainability 
ambitions, product quality and reduce 
costs. Production efficiency of core kettle 
products improved with 73% of all assembly 
lines now fully automated. 

Appliances category 
Overall, the appliances category reported  
a significant growth in revenue of 244.2%  
to £12.9m in 2021. 

Strix seeks to use its technology and 
innovation expertise to develop adjacent 
products to solve problems in tangential 
markets in a sustainable way. The Group 
looks to develop products offering 
meaningful benefits to customers which 
can then be commercialised through 
existing relationships with experienced  
and trusted OEM’s and consumer  
appliance specialists. 

In October 2021 the Company announced 
the launches of Aurora and Dual Flo as key 
extensions of Strix’s domestic appliances 
category, both with strong energy saving 
and sustainability benefits. Strix’s mission 
within the appliances category is to develop 
products that allow consumers to live a 
safer, more convenient and sustainable  
life at home. 

Aurora is powered by Strix’s Instant Flow 
Heater technology, delivering auto-
dispensed hot, boiled and chilled filtered 
water at the touch of a button. The Aurora 
Hot was launched in Q4 2021 and is now 
listed and selling well on Amazon, while the 
Aurora Chilled is on track to be in the market 
in the second quarter of 2022. Aurora 
products have numerous environmental 
and energy saving advantages. The Aurora 
has recently been awarded the Quiet Mark 
award which is an industry accreditation 
aimed at encouraging companies 

9

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

worldwide to prioritise noise reduction 
within product design. Strix recently 
organised a virtual press event for the 
Aurora product to demonstrate the product 
and the consumer insights behind it as well 
as to raise retail awareness of Strix’s recent 
new product development activity. 

In South-East Asia, Strix recently entered 
into a significant distribution agreement 
with a global consumer electronics 
manufacturer, under which its water 
filtration technology and products will  
be introduced to local Asian markets 
in Q2 2022. 

The Visione induction kettle launched in 
December with a focused marketing 
campaign planned to increase awareness 
and sales this year. It has also recently been 
awarded both the German Design Award 
2022 and the Red Dot design award – two 
prestigious awards in the industry. 

In Europe, Strix has secured the supply  
of its water filtration technology and 
products to one of Europe’s largest 
consumer electronics retailers. Strix  
has also appointed a new distributor  
for Denmark who will take a range of  
Aqua Optima jugs and filters. 

Additionally, new retail listings for the Aqua 
Optima range have also been won across 
the UK and Ireland growing the brand’s 
presence across the region with more  
than 200 additional store listings across 
well-known high street and independent 
retailers. Strix now also has a presence in 
the hardware and garden centre market in 
the UK with listings of its Aqua Optima jugs 
and filters. 

In the US, the Company has recently 
appointed an additional distributor for  
the North American region. The distributor 
has an excellent track record in supplying 
major consumer electronics brands.

New product development 
New product development remains a 
fundamental driver in the Group’s core 
business strategy, with specific focus  
on the identification of cross-category 
opportunities. The Group has made 
significant headway having delivered  
on the targets outlined in the product 
development roadmap with the launch of 
multiple new products. The Group has also 
refocused its commercialisation strategy, 
optimising cross-category synergies  
within both our higher value appliances  
and water categories. 

Throughout 2021, in line with its medium-
term growth ambitions, Strix had multiple 
new product launches. The Group  
will continue to focus its highly skilled 
engineering resource towards enhancing 
our core technologies and innovating  
into new commercial markets in a 
sustainable manner. 

Water category 
Overall, the water category reported a 
significant growth in revenue of 82.3%  
to £21.4m in 2021 with the combined 
contribution of LAICA and HaloPure 
technology and has continued to develop 
its product base and progressed towards 
our category growth aspirations. 

LAICA has a considerable global presence, 
an established product range and an 
advanced new product roadmap. The 
acquisition continues to be successfully 
integrated in line with plan to achieve the 
identified benefits and the trading 
performance has been strong over the 
period. It is already providing some strategic 
consolidation opportunities in the water 
treatment range, driving efficiencies and  
a comprehensive portfolio of products for 
the Group globally. 

The HaloPure technology also continues to 
gain wider recognition by the market and 
has now secured 14 contracts, which 
demonstrates the continued focus on 
commercialising this important product. 

Strix previously highlighted that it had 
secured contracts at a regional 
government-owned livestock company in 
China. More recently the preliminary result 
from new product development shows a 
significant breakthrough to apply the 
HaloPure technology onto smaller sized 
livestock farms which will enlarge the  
target addressable market. The prototype 
is currently undergoing field testing. 

Excellent recent progress has been made  
in Strix’s water category in Asia-Pacific, 
Europe and North America through new 
distribution and private label contracts with 
reputable distributors, retailers and brands 
in those regions. 

10

Operations review 
The new manufacturing operations within 
Zengcheng district in Guangzhou, China 
are now fully operational and were delivered 
on time and to budget during a global 
pandemic. The new factory will double  
the Group’s current manufacturing  
capacity enabling it to grow the business 
and deliver its stated medium-term 
strategy of doubling revenues. Efficiencies 
and further in-sourcing arising from the 
new manufacturing facility are expected  
to have a positive effect on margins. 

Additionally, in light of the recent lockdowns 
in China, Strix is holding finished stock in 
different districts in order to minimise any 
disruption and continues to take proactive 
measures above the governmental 
regulations being implemented globally. 

Barriers to entry and defence  
of intellectual property 
Strix constantly assesses the risks posed 
by competitive threats and sees the  
real benefits of market disruption which 
drives its determination to constantly 
evolve its innovative technologies in a 
sustainable way by investing in its  
portfolio of intellectual property to  
protect its new products. 

The Group actively monitors the markets in 
which its operates for violation of our 
intellectual property rights. Strix has unique 
relationships with its brands, OEMs and 
retailers and provides its support across 
the value chain and throughout the product 
lifecycle, including product design and 
advice on specification and manufacturing 
solutions. These value-added services and 
existing strong relationships ensure 
brands, OEMs and retailers continue to  
rely on Strix’s components and support. 

Strix remains committed to consumer 
safety and continues to prompt regulatory 
enforcement authorities to remove unsafe 
and poor quality products from our major 
markets. Nine such actions were 
undertaken in 2021 resulting in product 
recalls and withdrawal of kettles from 
Bulgaria. Defence of intellectual property 
and regulatory enforcement remain core 
activities of our business and there have 
now been 66 actions undertaken in total 
since 2017. 

 
Annual report and accounts 2021

Sustainability 
In 2020, the Group reassessed its approach 
to sustainability with a view of integrating a 
sustainability strategy within core business 
activities to align ourselves with the UN’s 
Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’).  
In 2021, we moved a step further in our 
‘Sustainable. Innovative. Dependable.’ 
strategy by clearly defining KPI targets 
against which we can keep track of 
progress in order to meet our commitments 
as stated in our latest sustainability report. 

LAICA is also targeting a combination of 
solar and renewable electricity, although 
with the integration currently at the fore 
this is expected to be implemented through 
2022. Strix is also developing a range of 
programmes to reduce our emissions, for 
instance China and now the Isle of Man has 
started to move to electric cars. The Isle of 
Man will take the lead on alternative 
offsetting of our ‘hard to remove’ emissions 
using the Science-Based Targets initiative’s 
mitigation hierarchy. 

development and commercialisation 
strategy that supports the medium-term 
growth ambition of the Group. 

The Company also continues to seek  
the acquisition of technologies that will  
add further strategic value across the 
Group and has a buoyant pipeline of 
opportunities it is tracking closely. Following 
the successful integration of LAICA,  
the Group is now actively considering a 
number of potential acquisition targets. 

An internal management and reporting 
structure has been put in place to ensure 
inclusion, responsibility and accountability 
from the shop floor to the boardroom. Strix 
has developed metrics of sustainability 
measures which have been standardised 
and are being rolled out across the 
organisation. The Group’s latest and highly 
ambitious step sees the externalisation  
of our sustainability key performance 
indicators (‘KPIs’) as set out in the 
sustainability report available at: https://
www.strixplc.com/sustainability.html. 
Measuring, committing and reporting on 
progress will ensure that these factors  
will be a key driving force in the direction  
of the business. 

Strix has focused on climate change and 
carbon emissions as a key KPI for 2022. Our 
Scope 1 & 2 emissions emanate primarily 
from our manufacturing plants, especially 
the new facility in China which has been 
commissioned. Strix has set an ambitious 
target for net zero Scope 1 & 2 emissions  
by 2023. The Group believes this to be 
‘best-in-class’ and far in excess of the Paris 
Agreement’s 1.5°C scenario requirements. 

In addition, our goal is to achieve over  
97% of this through reduction of our  
own emissions with less than 3% from 
carbon offsets. To achieve this ambitious 
target, the Group has invested over  
£0.6m into a solar array at our new Chinese 
manufacturing site which will provide over 
10% of the required electricity, with the 
remainder due to be switched to renewable 
electricity in 2022. 

Diversity is important to Strix as a business 
and 60% of the workforce is female, 40%  
at the C-suite level and 27% at the senior 
management level. The target is to further 
embed diversity thinking throughout  
the organisation and work to promote 
gender diversity of the Group’s  
senior management. 

Our other sustainability KPIs are taken  
from key operating practices already 
embedded into our culture. Promotion  
of the sustainability agenda and KPIs is 
generating renewed emphasis on these 
activities. This has included additional 
planning and pathways to improvement 
and, where applicable, setting of ambitious 
future targets. Strix expects to enunciate 
further on these plans in the coming year. 
These KPIs are important but the Group 
also remains committed to other areas  
of our sustainability agenda. This is 
highlighted in our community engagement 
where we have an aspiration to increase 
volunteer hours by 10% a year. 

The next few years will see significant 
planning and project execution as Strix 
looks to advance the KPIs and set ever 
ambitious goals but this is a critical aspect 
of Strix’s vision of establishing a world- 
leading innovative and sustainable 
technology business. 

Dividend policy 
Given the Group’s performance and 
confidence in the continued strength of  
its cash generation the Board proposes an 
increase in the final dividend to 5.60p per 
share (2020: 5.25p) which would represent 
a total dividend of 8.35p per share (2020: 
7.85p). The Board reiterates its intention to 
implement a progressive dividend policy 
that is linked to underlying earnings. 

The final dividend will be paid on 10 June 
2022 to shareholders on the register at 
13 May 2022 and the shares will trade 
ex-dividend from 12 May 2022. 

Financial position 
Strix is in a strong financial position with 
significant liquidity providing flexibility to 
continue to deploy capital consistent with 
its allocation of capital priorities and is 
focused on investing in compelling growth 
opportunities, in particular on new product 

Outlook 
The Group reported revenue increase of 
28.8% on a constant currency basis, versus 
the same period in prior year and an 
increase of 26.6% on a constant currency 
basis, versus the same period in 2019. This 
was driven by both organic growth and the 
acquisition of LAICA which has delivered 
strong revenue growth over the period. 

Strix has successfully implemented price 
increases on some of its legacy products in 
both kettle controls and water categories 
and will also be implementing further 
increases across the wider range with 
effect from 1 May 2022, which alongside a 
range of other efficiency measures and 
foreign exchange rate and commodity 
hedging arrangements will help to minimise 
the impact of any cost inflation. 

Notwithstanding the positive demand 
backdrop, there are a number of headwinds 
which continue to persist including 
increases in commodity prices, freight  
cost inflation, supply chain and adverse 
foreign exchange rates which implies the 
Group will continue to face a challenging 
operating environment. 

The Group also has no direct sales into 
Russia and any products sold into that 
region are typically from a Chinese-based 
OEM which equated to total revenues of  
c.£3m in 2021. 

Strix has a robust business model and 
disciplined execution of our strategies have 
underpinned the resilience of performance 
throughout economic cycles. It remains 
confident in its ability to navigate the 
growing uncertainties ahead and  
remains confident of delivering on  
the medium-term strategic plan and 
delivering against its targets.

Mark Bartlett
CEO

11

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Strix rebranded

As Strix continues its growth towards a world- 
leading innovative and sustainable technology 
business, now is the time to elevate and showcase 
the breadth of technologies and products that 
exist within the Group. 

While still maintaining a dedication to our 
core business of kettle safety controls, 
where we maintain a 56% global market 
share, our focus is renewed in our efforts to 
double the size of our business through 
investments in our appliances and water 
categories through our own brands, and 
through our network of world-leading 
consumer brands around the world. Our 
new branding reflects our commitment to 
growth and innovation in new and exciting 
categories, as well as our commitment to 
sustainability through our technologies  
and manufacturing footprint. 

Brands around the world use ‘Powered By 
Strix’ as a key consumer indicator of quality 
and safety on their products and in their 
marketing communications. Through  
our new branding we’ve developed a 
standardised approach to maintain 
consistency and quality of the ‘Powered by 
Strix’ badge and message to build global 
consistency and brand equity that allows 
us to better support our OEM and brand 
partners in driving success in their markets. 

The power and significance of the  
‘Powered By Strix’ mark also allows us to 
build immediate consumer connection 
across our own range of branded consumer 
products. Following the acquisition of 
LAICA, the Group now boasts a wide  
range of branded consumer products,  
and with the recent launch of our Aqua 
Optima Aurora Collection we now have  
our own branded products that are 
powered by Strix. 

With a refreshed Strix Technology we are  
in a strong position to enable our global 
partners to grow and with our own portfolio 
of consumer brands this allows us to deliver 
to consumers around the world the 
innovation, safety and sustainable impact 
they have come to expect from Strix. 

We are ready to continue innovating safety 
and design for a sustainable future.

12

Annual report and accounts 2021

Strategic report

Governance report

Financial statements

Trustworthy

We have a long standing reputation for our 
credibility and transparency to our customers.  
We are experienced and knowledgeable experts  
in our field, creating market-leading and 
dependable solutions.

Authoritative 

With a rich history of 50 years, we are a global 
leader in the innovation, design, manufacture  
and supply of kettle safety controls, heating and 
temperature controls, steam management and 
water filtration technologies.

Professional 

We are trusted experts in our field and pride 
ourselves on our ability to consistently and 
efficiently deliver quality products.

Confident 

We’re confident in our ability to push the 
boundaries, creating positive solutions that 
constantly exceed expectations.

Dedicated

We are always innovating and always moving 
forward. We keep high standards and strive  
for better each day. 

Forward thinking

As a company, we are progressive and dynamic in 
our approach to creating solutions that everyone 
can benefit from. 

Helping shape a sustainable 
future through innovative  
and safe technology.

13

Strix Group Plc

Strix investment case

Strix offers an attractive investment case with our market-leading kettle controls 
position as well as significant growth opportunities in the water and appliances 
categories, strongly underpinned by the Group’s focus on ESG and sustainability.

1.  Dominant market 
position in global kettle 
controls with high 
barriers to entry

2.  Significant growth 
opportunities in water 
and appliances 
categories

3.  Strong ESG credentials 
with structural growth 
tailwinds

•  Forecasting revenue CAGR 

of over 25% in both categories 
over the next five years 
delivering a doubling of Strix 
Group revenue.

•  Transformational acquisition of 
LAICA in October 2020 is now 
fully integrated and the Aqua 
Optima brand is delivering record 
sales for yet another year.
•  Recent contract wins for 

HaloPure technology in China 
and the evolution of this 
technology to farming solutions 
for clean drinking water is likely 
to result in significant 
incremental business 
opportunities.

•  Strong progress on five year 
strategy in appliances, in 
particular through the launch of 
own brand products which are 
selling well through Amazon.

•  Comprehensive Board-led 
sustainability strategy 
embedded within core business 
activities and aligned with key 
and relevant UN Sustainable 
Development Goals. 

•  Range of initiatives that focus  

on the full spectrum of 
environmental, social and 
governance with baselines 
established to track 
improvements and to clearly 
monitor progress year-on-year.
•  Committed to achieve net zero 
for Scope 1 & 2 emissions by the 
end of 2023 predominantly 
through solar or other 
renewable energy.

•  Focus turning to reducing 

 Scope 3 emissions.

•  Expanded our global market 
value share of the kettle 
controls market from c.55% to 
c.56% as the Group retained 
dominance in the market, and  
in line with our medium-term 
target to grow market share  
to c.57%. 

•  Regulated segments market 

increased as the North 
American market continued to 
show steady growth, slightly 
offset by declines in the UK and 
mainland Europe which saw 
growth flatlining in the second 
half of the year.

•  Less Regulated segments 

slightly underperformed the 
normal average CAGR growth 
levels due to declines in Russia 
and South Africa, mainly as a 
result of the remnant effects  
of COVID-19. 

•  The Chinese market grew from 

last year as it partially recovered 
losses seen in 2020 which had 
resulted from COVID-19. 

•  Patent portfolio underpins Strix 
technologies with successful 
campaigns globally (including 
China) to remove infringing 
products and initiate regulatory 
enforcement actions.

14

Annual report and accounts 2021

4.  Strong free cash flow 
generation with unique 
working capital cycle

5.  Market-leading  
adjusted EBITDA margin

6.  Low leverage with 
disciplined Capital 
Allocation Framework

•  Customers typically pay in 
advance, reducing non-
payment risk and increasing 
cash conversion cycle.

•  Low requirement for 

maintenance capex (excluding 
investment in new factory that 
completed in August 2021).

•  Operating free cash flow  

(before financing and tax and 
exceptional factory capex) to 
EBITDA conversion of 70%, 
despite one-off working capital 
outflow from increased stock 
holdings and forward 
commodity purchases.

•  Significant investment in 

automation, as well as ongoing 
focus on other efficiency 
measures and strategic 
initiatives underpinning  
EBITDA margin uplift.
•  Increasing the appliance 

product mix further boosts 
margins as these are typically 
more complex technologies  
that can command a higher 
price point.

•  Increased capacity at  

the new factory allows for 
in-sourcing of additional  
products and components  
with margin benefit.

•  Extensive patent portfolio  

and safety actions underpin 
margins, with campaigns to 
report infringements and 
remove copyist products  
from the market.

•  The Group has a 

conservative balance  
sheet which provides  
significant flexibility.

•  Investment in compelling  
growth opportunities with 
particular focus on new  
product development and 
commercialisation strategy  
that support our medium-term 
growth ambitions.

•  The Board continues to seek 
strategically compelling 
acquisition opportunities  
which further complement  
its existing product portfolio  
and R&D capabilities.

•  Progressive dividend policy 

linked to underlying earnings 
has been maintained reflecting 
the Board’s confidence in the 
outlook for the Group.

15

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Key performance indicators

We use financial and non-financial key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) to track  
and measure our progress over time. In addition, during 2021 we established  
clear ESG KPIs to track our improvements in line with our key sustainability pillars. 

Financial KPIs

Kettle controls  
category revenues  
(£000)

85,117

6.6%

2021

2020

2019

£85,117

£79,816

£85,799

Water category revenues  
(£000)

21,292

81.3%

2021

2020

£11,744

2019

£9,829

£21,292

Appliances categories 
revenues 
(£000)

13,001 

247.2%

2021

2020

£3,745

2019

£1,248

£13,001

Definition 
Value of items sold during the year  
within the kettle controls category.

2021 performance 
The increase in revenue was due to an 
expansion of Strix’s global market value share  
in regulated segments. 

Definition 
Value of items sold during the year  
within the water category.

2021 performance 
Revenues in this category grew with the 
inclusion of LAICA’s full year results, and recent 
contract wins for HaloPure technology in China 
which is likely to result in significant incremental 
business opportunities.

Definition 
Value of items sold during the year  
within the appliances category.

2021 performance 
Revenues have more than doubled in this 
category in the current year due to a 
combination of record sales for the Aqua Optima 
brand realised from new products launched and 
selling well on Amazon, and integration of the full 
year results of LAICA. There is continued market 
penetration, and new innovative projects and 
launches within the appliances categories. 

1.  Adjusted results exclude exceptional items, which include share-based payment transactions, other reorganisation and strategic project costs. Adjusted results are 
non-GAAP metrics used by management and are not an IFRS disclosure. A table which shows both Adjusted and Reported results is included in the Chief Financial 
Officer’s review.

2.  EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before finance costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation, is a non-GAAP metric used by management and is not an IFRS disclosure.

16

Annual report and accounts 2021

  For further strategy information pages 30 to 37

  For further risk information pages 48 to 54

Adjusted EBITDA1,2  
(£000)	

40,540 

6.5%

Definition 
Adjusted EBITDA highlights the underlying 
operational performance of the Group 
after adjusting for exceptional costs,  
the impact of financing decisions, and 
depreciation and amortisation.

2021 performance 
Adjusted EBITDA increased by 6.5% to £40.5m, 
with LAICA bringing in a full year’s worth of results. 
Despite the increase, adjusted margins were 
diluted as a result of a number of headwinds  
which continue to persist including increases in 
commodity prices, freight cost inflation, supply 
chain and adverse foreign exchange rates.

2021

2020

2019

£40,540

£38,080

£36.904

Adjusted gross profit1 
(£000)	

47,424

20.3%

2021

2020

2019

£47,424

£39,409

£39,617

Net cash generated from  
operating activities 

22,293

-28.6%

2021

2020

2019

£22,293

£31,212

£34,360

Total R&D expenditure 
(£000)

5,324

(4.5%	of	net	sales)

2021

2020

2019

£5,324

£4,117

£4,439

Definition 
Adjusted gross profit is the profit 
generated from our sales, after deducting 
the costs associated with making and 
selling our products, adjusting for 
exceptional costs.

2021 performance 
Adjusted gross profit increased by 20.3% to 
£47.4m, driven by LAICA gross profits as the  
Group realised its full year results, and growth in 
appliances market share due to sales which were 
59.9% higher up on the prior year, realised from 
new products launched in this category and 
selling well on Amazon, with more sales expected 
in FY 2022 in anticipation of increased demand  
and further planned new product listings.

Definition 
Net cash generated from operating 
activities is a measure of the cash 
generated by our operating activities, 
excluding the cash impacts of longer-term 
financing and investing activities. 

2021 performance 
Net cash generated from operating activities 
decreased to £22.3m (FY 2020: £31.2m) mainly  
due to the Group’s investment in net working 
capital shown through increased stock holdings 
at year end as a result of forward procurement  
of commodities to secure future profits, and 
increased debtors in line with an increase in the 
top line and due to a VAT receivable due to the 
new factory, to be reclaimed in FY 2022/23.

Definition 
Total R&D expenditure (including 
capitalised costs) as a percentage of 
reported revenue, which supports our 
investment in future technologies 
and products. 

2021 performance 
Fairly constant R&D to net sales ratio of 4%-5% 
year on year in line with the medium-term goals. 

17

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Key performance indicators continued

Non-Financial KPIs

Gender diversity

26.6%

3.6%

2021

2020

2019

26.6%

23.0%

19.5%

Energy usage per head
(Oil)

53

47.2%

2021

2020

53

36

Energy usage per head
(Electricity)

16,381 

45.2%

2021

2020

16,381

11,284

Business travel

11 

-38.9%

2021

2020

11

18

Definition 
This refers to the number of women 
in management roles expressed as a 
percentage of all management-level 
employees. 

Definition 
Electricity and oil usage  is expressed in 
units used per head per year. We monitor 
our energy usage on a monthly basis in 
order to ensure the environmental 
impact of our usage is minimised. 

2021 performance 
Our percentage of women in management roles 
across the Group was 26.6% (2020: 23.0%),  
a further increase from 2020. This compares 
favourably with the UK statistics based on  
a 2009 to 2019 survey indicating that women  
in management roles across all science, 
engineering and technology roles increased 
slightly from to 13% in 2009 to 14% in 2019 1. 

2021 performance 
Energy usage per head increased during the 
year mainly due to the operations being run in 
parallel at the two manufacturing sites in China 
as the Group finalised the construction and 
prepared for the move to the new factory. 
Consumption increased also due to increased 
capacity at the new factory. This year’s metric 
has been calculated to include all sites with 
significant manufacturing operations, 
 i.e. China, Italy and the Isle of Man.

Definition 
Business travel is expressed in miles  
per head per year. We monitor our 
consumption of fossil fuels in order to 
ensure our business travel emissions  
are minimised.

2021 performance 
Business travel emissions decreased mainly  
due to limited travel from COVID-19 lockdowns 
and travel restrictions implemented in  
various jurisdictions. 

1.  https://www.wisecampaign.org.uk/statistics/2019-workforce-statistics-one-million-women-in-stem-in-the-uk/

18

Annual report and accounts 2021

Water usage 
(m3)

46,110 

49.0%

2021

2020

46,110

30,936

Water intensity
(m3/£m) 

384

18.2%

2021

2020

384

325

Total lost time  
accidents 

13

-31.6%

2021

2020

13

19

Lost time  
hours

0.20

-23.1%

2021

2020

0.20

0.26

Definition 
Water usage is expressed in cubic meters. 
We monitor our water usage on a monthly 
basis to ensure minimal wastage through 
recycled use. 

2021 performance 
Water consumption increased by approximately 
49%, mainly due to the operations being run in 
parallel at the two manufacturing sites in China  
as the Group finalised the construction and 
prepared for the move to the new factory. 
Consumption rose also due to increased  
capacity at the new factory. 

Definition 
Water intensity is a measure of the water 
usage per £1 overhead spend. We monitor 
our water usage on a monthly basis to 
ensure minimal wastage through 
recycled use. 

2021 performance 
Water intensity and usage rose mainly due to 
mainly due to the operations being run in parallel 
at the two manufacturing sites in China as the 
Group finalised the construction and prepared for 
the move to the new factory. Consumption rose 
also due to higher capacity at the new factory. 

Definition 
This refers to the total number of 
accidents recorded that resulted in 
employees missing work due to injury, 
expressed per 1,000 employees.

2021 performance 
Total accidents have decreased from last year  
and this is attributable to the benefits of further 
automation of assembly lines and strong 
emphasis on prioritising the health and safety 
of employees. 

Definition 
This refers to the total number of hours 
lost due to accidents resulting in injury, 
expressed per 1,000 hours worked.

2021 performance 
Total lost time fell, reflective of the decrease  
in accidents recorded, and also attributable  
to benefits from further automation of 
assembly lines.

19

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Our people

What does HR at Strix mean? 
As a Company, Strix prides itself on the 
quality and safety of our products, and 
whilst the Company continues to introduce 
automation, fundamentally, the delivery of 
this is down to the dedication and 
commitment of its well-trained people. 

To this end, ‘HR’ at Strix is not just about  
the work of the dedicated and professional 
team that Strix has in the function; it is 
about the quality of the thousands of 
human interactions that occur every single 
day in the business. It is about hiring the 
very best people, and then helping them to 
become even better. Our people are given 
the freedom and mechanisms to share their 
ideas about how to keep improving the 
business. We also reward excellence, 
commitment and innovation; and celebrate 
the rich diversity that the Company has in 
its multi-national workforce.

Diversity at Strix
The Company recognises that to achieve a 
diverse workforce, a working environment 
that empowers all of our employees to 
thrive and achieve their potential is 
essential. The employee population 
benefits from bringing to bear a wealth of 
cultures, languages and experiences. 
Whilst this diversity is rich and celebrated, 
underpinning it all is a set of shared values 
that are seen being upheld across all areas 
of the business every day. 

As a global employer, spanning across 
multiple continents, we pride ourselves  
on the gender make up of its workforce 
where 60% of its employees are female, 
and women have a 26.6% management 
representation. 

Similarly, a wide range of ages are 
represented throughout the business.  
In a company which creates millions of 
products each year, age really is ‘just a 
number’. That said, in response to the 
recognised challenges faced by those 
people newly entering the workforce,  
Strix is a big advocate of paid internships 
and apprenticeship programmes. Being 
headquartered on the Isle of Man, the 
Company actively participates in the Island 
STEM committee that focuses on creating 
opportunities for school leavers and 
university graduates interested in careers 
in engineering. We are also very active 
participants in the Island’s Junior 
Achievement programme, providing 
mentors and tutors, as well as sponsorship.

 ‘Whilst this diversity is rich and celebrated, 
underpinning it all is a set of shared values  
that are seen being upheld across all areas  
of the business every day.’

Emma Cox, Group HR Director

Our Human Capital strategy

Recruitment & 
Selection

Promotion/ 
Leave  
as a Strix  
Advocate

On-Boarding

Engagement &  
Retention

Training &  
Development

20

Annual report and accounts 2021

Gender diversity

Employee engagement
The Group operates a culture of open 
communication through a range of 
mediums including: a global intranet 
platform; newsletters; Town Hall meetings; 
‘Pulse of the Business’ lunches with the 
CEO; and employee surveys (with follow-up 
actions being taken from the results). 

In 2021, the employee survey had a healthy 
response rate of 74%. Positive changes 
from the survey included introduction of  
an e-learning platform to cover training 
solutions on subjects ranging from 
compliance and health and safety to 
leadership, coaching, performance 
management and personal effectiveness. 

A new, more transparent job grading 
system for all employees has been 
designed to better reflect current and 
future needs and provide clarity on 
progression and/or vary their careers  
within the organisation. Acknowledging  
the proven benefits of having a vibrant 
workplace in which people feel fully 
engaged, we are actively ‘creating a buzz’  
at Strix, inviting ideas from employees to 
have fun and give back. 

Female management

26.6%

Female Board members

20%

Overall female 
workforce

60%

The Group also relaunched its ‘Think Twice’ 
scheme in 2020 to encourage ideas from  
all employees about how to maintain a 
culture and way of working for continuous 
improvement in all areas of the business. 

Whilst introducing new talent into the 
workplace is about making sure they are 
comfortable and confident to do their job, 
and have all the information and tools that 

they need, it is not about assimilation.  
It is about making sure we gain the diverse 
opinions and ideas of our new talents. Fresh 
eyes are a gift in respect of bringing new 
and innovative solutions to problems.  
New starters also bring with them market 
intelligence, whether it is about products, 
processes or systems. These insights are 
invaluable to Strix.

21

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Our people continued

People development
Strix’s HR function, led by Group HR Director Emma Cox, is guided by the following mission:

 ‘Our role is to ensure that Strix has the right 
people in the right place at the right time, doing 
things in the right way to get the right results.’

Employee wellbeing
As well as having the right people doing the 
right things, Strix is committed to ensuring 
that our people feel right physically, 
mentally and financially. In the West, private 
health care is provided to all employees, 
regardless of their job role, and with this 
also comes the Employee Assistance 
Programme. This is an advice service that is 
available 24/7 for employees and their family 
members, covering concerns about mental 
and physical health, financial planning or 
legal matters. Additionally, many employees 
are shareholders in the Company which not 
only provides them with a financial benefit, 
but a vested interest in contributing to the 
success of the organisation.

The long-term people strategy
Strix has ambitious growth plans, which 
includes diversifying our product range and 
routes to market. In some instances, this 
requires recruiting for or developing new 
skills sets, and the longer-term people 
strategy for the Group is very much focused 
on this. Talent retention and acquisition  
is key for an organisation growing and 
innovating at the pace Strix is, and the 
wider strategy reflects this, with emphasis 
on learning and development, succession 
planning and flexible remuneration models 
that meet the diverse needs and interests 
of our people. 

Underpinning this mission is a strategy  
that is focused on value-added people 
development which includes: intensive new 
starter orientation programmes where new 
joiners are introduced to the Strix culture, 
policies and procedures, and product 
information. There is continuous training for 
line leaders to ensure they have the right 
skills to coach, mentor and supervise new 
and existing staff as well as a new online-
based learning platform called Kallidus and 
a new performance management process 
(‘PMP’) which was introduced in 2021 along 
with the transparent job grading scheme. 

The PMP process is designed to give people 
a clear line of sight as to how they can 
progress their careers within Strix and it 
facilitates quality discussions between 
employees and their managers as to how  
to achieve their ambitions, whilst also 
ensuring that they have stretching 
objectives that are clearly aligned to the 
Company strategy. Through the new 
e-learning platform, employees have 
access to a wide range of mandatory and 
other best practice and self-development 
learning and training courses which 
enhance their skills and awareness to 
ensure they deliver quality service in the 
various roles and are kept up to date on 
developments in their relevant fields. 

22

Annual report and accounts 2021

23

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Business model

Strix, as a service provider across the value chain, provides components and  
value-added services to OEMs, brands and retailers, who utilise these and other 
components to produce market-leading products for consumers across the globe.

Kettle controls category

Water category

Our USP
Strix is unique in that it has direct relationships with 
OEMs, brands and retailers within the kettle safety control 
supply chain. Using Strix’s extensive market intelligence, 
stakeholders regularly seek advice on product design, 
specification and manufacturing solutions. This position 
helps us to build and maintain market share and acts as  
a barrier to entry for competitors by ensuring that Strix 
controls are specified. Strix continues to enhance 
consumer safety through its involvement with standard-
setting bodies and uses in-house independently 
accredited stage 3 Customer Test Facility to streamline 
the kettle control accreditation process.

Long-term growth
Strix still holds a strong market-leading position in the 
kettle controls market, however, the Company believes 
there is still room for growth. We aim to achieve this by 
adopting a split strategy approach across our three 
market segments: Regulated, Less Regulated and China. 
Within Regulated markets, our goal is to increase our 
share and average selling price through developing 
innovative new products with features our customers 
value. Strix has over two times more share in Regulated 
markets than the more fragmented Less Regulated 
segment, hence Strix aims to grow aggressively in this 
area. We will achieve this through leveraging our 
established partnerships with our OEM base, and by 
further expanding our StrixVQ product range and brand. 
Whilst the China market is maturing, there is still growth 
potential in volume and in diversity with consumers 
demanding new solutions in a marketplace where 
traditional products are being left behind. With this 
considered, alongside the ever more competitive market, 
we intend to grow through a rigorous value-based 
approach to product development and commercial 
execution with products based on trends at extremely 
competitive pricing. Strix believe its strategic investment 
in automation and process improvements will continue 
supporting its competitive advantage by increasing 
production efficiency, and quality management 
throughout the manufacturing lifecycle, and  
mitigating the risk of rising labour costs.

Our USP
Strix continues to expand its portfolio of product offerings 
as it operates as an OEM, technology provider and 
consumer products business across our portfolio of 
brands. This has been achieved through both in-house 
developed brands such as Aqua Optima, and synergistic 
acquisitions in the last two years of key brands such as 
HaloPure, astrea and LAICA. The acquisitions further 
complement Strix’s existing product portfolio and bolsters 
the Group’s product innovation, with chemistry and 
engineering expertise in China, the US and Italy. The 
addition of LAICA further expands the Group’s reach into 
the category, with the addition of new product ranges such 
as tap filters, and robust existing distribution channels.

The water category continues to benefit from trade  
brand agreements with multiple large UK retailers and 
brands. The Group has driven increased consumer 
recognition for its four consumer brands through 
investment in consumer marketing, building direct 
consumer engagement across the digital landscape.  
The category benefits from a diverse range of products 
and distribution channels including a global e-commerce 
footprint that further accelerates its branded route to 
market. The HaloPure brand continues to penetrate the 
livestock farming industry with innovative drinking water 
solutions through successful pilots within the year.

Long-term growth
Strix aims to strengthen its competitiveness by 
leveraging our R&D and manufacturing capabilities to 
bring innovative and sustainable products to the market. 
Furthermore, the Group intends to expand its reach  
into new markets fuelled by our portfolio of new products 
and technologies, taking advantage of a wider market 
outreach gained through these strategic acquisitions, 
which will drive future category growth. 

Strix continues to invest in the growing trade brand and 
OEM segment, developing product propositions for 
leading brands and retailers. The Group looks to expand 
our position in this area with brands and partners in key 
growth markets in the US, China, and across Europe. 

The Group is also actively seeking acquisition 
opportunities within our core competencies that  
will add value across any and all parts of the Group.

24

Annual report and accounts 2021

Appliances category

How we create value

Our USP
Our mission within the appliances category is to develop 
products that allow consumers to live a safer, more 
convenient, sustainable life at home. Our portfolio across 
LAICA and Aqua Optima brands spans various price points 
to target consumer needs across hot water on demand, 
baby care, beverage and breakfast, living and health and 
wellness. Strix continues to invest in developing core 
technologies which will help us drive differentiation and 
growth within our markets; building on the success of  
the Tommee Tippee Perfect Prep machine and recent 
Aurora and Dual Flo launches. 

Long-term growth
The consumer is at the heart of our appliance and 
technology developments with a focus on innovating 
around real consumer problems. The successful 
integration of LAICA within the appliances category, 
alongside our continued investment in R&D has resulted 
in significant growth in 2021 and ongoing initiatives give 
the Group confidence in sustainable growth over the 
coming years. Having successfully launched the Aurora 
range and Dual Flo products and bolstered our position 
within the hot water on demand category, we are quickly 
moving to expand our product mix to offer our customers 
a coherent product range underpinned by sustainability, 
strong design and thoughtful user experience.

Strix

Our business model allows us to make long-term, strategic 
decisions due to the strength of our core business and its ability 
to generate predictable cash flows. The strength of our 
customer relationships allows us to pursue our passion for 
research and innovation to deliver high-quality, safe products  

to our customers.

Investors

Our business model helps us to achieve strong cash inflows 
together with sustainable profits, allowing us to make strategic 
acquisitions and deliver an attractive return to our investors. Our 
global market coverage and number of product lines also provide 
a buffer against geopolitical events, such as those experienced 

in 2021 and onwards into 2022.

Customers

We share our knowledge and understanding of the kettle and 
water filtration markets to help our customers achieve faster 
product releases and to design products which are in line with 
market trends. The value in these customer relationships is 
demonstrated by the number of customers who have traded 

with us for ten years or more.

Employees

We treat our employees with respect and provide them with an 
environment in which product innovation can thrive. We reward 
our employees appropriately, no matter where they work in the 
world, and ensure they are acknowledged for their contribution 
to the Group’s success. In turn, this encourages our employees 

to strive for success and maximise their potential.

Suppliers

We work closely with our suppliers to build strong relationships 
that make doing business with us a long-term goal which brings 
value to both parties. We listen carefully to feedback from our 
suppliers and work with them to devise solutions to any problem. 
We also support our suppliers in achieving compliance with their 

own requirements, such as supplier audits.

25

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Market review

A real opportunity  
for future growth

Strix’s growth ambitions are at the forefront of all strategic decisions with a view  
to double the Group’s revenues over the medium-term as communicated during  
the Capital Markets Day in 2020. This will continue to be achieved primarily through 
organic growth in the Group’s water and appliances categories, supported by its 
solid market-leading position in global kettle controls. 

Kettle controls category
Overview
Strix estimates that in 2021 the global 
market for kettle controls, including those 
for Chinese multi-cooker appliances, 
experienced a strong H1 surge, and then  
a softening in H2 as most countries eased 
out of lockdown restrictions to end the  
year broadly flat at c.£158m. Electric kettle 
penetration rates provide an indicator  
of potential growth, and in 2021 Strix 
estimates global electric kettle penetration 
remains around c.38% of all households.

Strix continually innovates to develop  
more effective kettle controls, doing so  
by drawing on the know-how established 
during over three decades in the kettle 
market. It is only with intricate knowledge  
of material properties and precision 
engineering that controls can be designed 
and manufactured to operate repeatedly 
and safely throughout the 12,000 cycles 
that a kettle experiences during its life.

Regulated kettle market
Regulated markets are those where high 
safety and intellectual property protection 
standards are in place and where those 
standards are rigorously monitored and 
enforced. Examples of Regulated markets 
include the UK, Western Europe, North 
America, Australasia, Turkey and Japan. In 
2021, the Regulated kettle control market 
was strong in H1, and then softened in H2 as 
most of the world emerged from lockdowns 
leading to consumer spending shifting  
to service sectors which had not been 
available due to lockdown restrictions. This 
resulted in the Regulated market remaining 
relatively flat at c.£70m. The North American 
market continued to show steady growth, 
slightly offset by declines in the UK and 
mainland Europe which saw growth 
flatlining in the second half of the year.

Regulated markets:

c.75%

Market share 

Strix is the key supplier to  
the Regulated market, where 
customers favour high-quality 
controls to meet tighter 
regulations. In this mature 
market, our market share 
remained flat c.75% of the  
kettle controls market.

26

Annual report and accounts 2021

Less Regulated kettle market
Less Regulated markets are those where 
either high safety and/or intellectual 
property standards are not in place, or 
where they are in place but less rigorously 
enforced. Examples of Less Regulated 
markets include the Commonwealth of 
Independent States (CIS), Middle East, 
South East Asia, Africa and South America. 
In 2021, the Less Regulated markets had 
longer exposures to the impacts of 
COVID-19, with most of these being 
low-income regions, therefore the kettle 
controls market for these segments slightly 
underperformed the normal average CAGR 
growth levels due to declines in CIS and 
Africa. The value of the Less Regulated 
market at year end sat at c.£62m. 

Less Regulated 
markets:

c.35%

Market share

In Less Regulated markets, Strix 
slightly underperformed the 
normal average CAGR growth 
levels due to declines in Russia 
and South Africa, mainly as a 
result of the remnant effects  
of COVID-19. Market value share 
is sitting at c.35% of the kettle 
controls market. 

China domestic kettle market
China is generally considered to be a Less 
Regulated market, but is developing quickly 
with improving safety standards and 
enforcement. In 2021, the China market 
recovered some of the losses suffered in 
2020 that had resulted from the impacts  
of COVID-19, as China had a fairly normal 
and stable economic environment this  
year less affected by lockdowns. The  
year ended at approximately c.£27m.

China:

c.47%

Market share

The Chinese market grew in 2021 
as it partially recovered losses 
seen in 2020 which had resulted 
from COVID-19. Our value share  
in China was sitting at c.47%.

27

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Market review continued

 ‘The Group plans to offer a competitive edge  
in the market through further launches of  
new innovative and sustainable products.’

Water category
Overview
The Group’s strategy within the water 
category is to operate as OEM, technology 
provider and consumer products business 
across our portfolio of brands and  
partners to deliver sustainable filtration 
solutions that allow consumers to make 
healthier choices for themselves and  
the environment. 

Strix’s OEM business supplies major brands 
and retailers with high-quality own-label 
consumer products, designed and 
manufactured in our own factories in China 
and Italy. Our diverse range of filtration 
technologies and jug designs allow flexible 
product configurations to suit each market 
and price point. The Group will launch 
numerous own-label product ranges  
with key brands and retailers into 2022, 
further increasing its reach and potential  
in key growth markets across Europe. 
Further initiatives aim to target own-label 
opportunities in North America, within  
the discounter channel. 

As a technology provider in water filtration, 
the Group continues to innovate and deploy 
key technologies to address water quality 
concerns in a range of applications. The 
HaloPure technology, secured in the 
acquisition of HaloSource in 2019 has 
expanded our reach into China, addressing 
key needs in the poultry farming space 
where it can help increase yield and 
production by eliminating water-borne 
illnesses. The Group also continues to 
develop bespoke filtration formulations  
that power leading coffee machine and 
water dispenser brands around the  
world, delivering an enhanced product 
performance and differentiated claims. 

28

As a consumer products business, the
Group operates three brands that deliver  
on strategic price point and performance
differentiation strategy. Our Aqua
Optima brand, which will relaunch with  
new brand positioning in H2 2022, targets 
young professionals with simple, fast and
affordable filtration solutions to tackle
everyday water problems, and curb the  
use of single-use plastics. The LAICA  
brand focuses on the family unit,  
reducing contaminates in water, while  
also preserving essential minerals to  
help improve health. Through a range of 
highly specialised filters, the LAICA family  
of products can also address specific  
water concerns for the preparation of tea 
and coffee, and increased mineralisation. 
Our astrea brand targets on-the-go 
wellness enthusiasts and utilises our 
patented HPAC filter technology, and  
has achieved NSF certifications for over  
20+ contaminants including herbicides, 
pesticides and pharmaceuticals. 

The Strix roadmap of new products in  
this category aims to further bolster our 
filtration credentials, with the further 
addition and development of new filters 
addressing water concerns in key markets 
such as the US and China. In 2022 the  
Group will also further expand its range of 
in-house manufactured jugs with a unique 
range, including a counter-top dispenser 
called ‘Perfect Pour’ offering elegant 
designs and solutions to the challenges of 
existing point-of-use water products. 

The Group aims to further expand its  
reach within the Aqua Optima line with  
key distributor launches in China and  
North America in 2022, as well as further 
progress the expansion of the LAICA 
footprint in these markets. 

Annual report and accounts 2021

Appliances category
Strix’s mission within the appliances 
category is to launch products that  
allow consumers to live a safer, more 
convenient, sustainable life at home.

Our appliances category incorporates
a number of sub-categories including hot
water on demand, beverage and breakfast,
food preparation, health and wellness and
everyday living.

The hot water on demand market has 
grown significantly, particularly in China 
where a combination of increasing 
spending power and a consumer 
requirement for boiled as well as filtered 
water is creating buoyant demand. The 
Strix Instant Flow Heater (‘IFH’) offering, 
which has a unique ‘true boil’ USP, has 
proven popular with a number of our 
Western and Asian partner factories and 
brands specifying this technology within 
their products. We are also set to offer  
our ‘Next Generation IFH’ to partners  
within 2022. Strix’s IFH appliance offering 
continues to grow aiming to capture the 
spectrum of consumer needs across 
different market price points. The first  
of these Aqua Optima branded products, 
Aurora, was well received within the  
market in 2021 and surpassed budget 
expectations, with further Aurora range 
extensions being launched in early 2022.

Strix innovation also continues to be 
showcased with the Dual Flo appliance 
launching in North America in 2021; this 
innovative twist on kettle technology 
provides the market with the first real kettle 
innovation since our variable temperature 
control technology – here the consumer 
benefits are convenience, speed, and 
sustainability through water and energy 
reduction. We will also bring this technology 
to the UK and Western Europe markets in 
2022 under the LAICA brand.

Strix’s ambition within the baby care 
category is to be the ‘go to’ technical 
solutions provider for leading baby care 
brands seeking innovative, new electrical 
appliances. Our core European business 
continues to perform well and will be 
supplemented with exciting new product 
launches across North America, Europe  
and Asia over the next 18 months.

Building on our core categories mentioned 
above, Strix has continued to define and 
develop the product roadmap within the 
‘Strix Home’ category, inclusive of beverage 
and breakfast, health and wellness, and 
food preparation and waste. Our roadmap 
considers various modes of execution – 
from leveraging Strix in-house innovation 
for highly differentiated propositions such 
as Visione, Aurora or Dual Flo, to a fast track 
sourced product approach whereby we  
aim to build a highly credible, full product 
line up underpinned by our brand direction 
and values.

The LAICA brand will play a critical role in 
achieving our growth ambitions within the 
appliances category. Here we will focus  
on launching family focused innovation 
designed in line with our Italian heritage, 
with the overall objective to be recognised 
as a leader in sustainable home solutions. 

The LAICA roadmap has been built with  
this foundation in mind; the range will 
expand to offer consumers more solutions 
that help consumers minimise waste, save 
energy and reduce single-use plastics.  
The success and growth of our vacuum 
range of products that helps reduce waste 
through optimising food storage conditions 
gives us great confidence in the approach 
and line up going forward. In parallel we will 
continue to improve and refresh the core 
LAICA appliance range throughout the 
coming years.

29

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Growth strategy

Performance; Product; 
Process; and People

 ‘Strix has a robust business model, and disciplined execution of  
our strategies has underpinned the resilience of our performance 
throughout economic cycles, so we remain confident in our ability  
to navigate through the growing uncertainties ahead whilst  
delivering on our medium-term plan and against our targets.’

Mark Bartlett
CEO

The Group remains on track to deliver medium-term targets to double the Group’s revenues primarily through growth  
in our water and appliances categories. To achieve this, Strix has a divisional strategy, which is supported by our four  
‘P’s’ of Performance; Product; Process; and People. The key pillars of our strategy are:

Strategic pillar #1
Growing market share

2021 progress

Product: The Group has expanded its market-leading 
value share of the global kettle controls market to 56% 
whilst significantly expanding the size of its water and 
appliances categories. For kettle controls, the first half  
of the year was characterised by strong growth in the 
Regulated, Less Regulated and China markets. However, 
softening impacts from the pandemic recovery and some 
headwinds in the second half as consumer spending 
shifted to more outdoor service sectors, resulted in a net 
stable position across the market segments.

There was significant growth in Strix’s water category 
within various regions through new distributor contracts 
and listings with reputable distributors, retailers and 
brands. Some of the notable wins include:
•  Contracts with a regional government owned livestock 

company in China for use of Strix’s Halopure technology; 

•  New distribution and private label contracts with 
reputable distributors in the North American and 
Asia-Pacific regions; 

•  The Group has secured long-term contracts with 

Europe’s largest consumer electronics retailers for 
supply of Strix’s water filtration technology as well as 
more than 200 additional new retail store listings for 
Aqua Optima across the UK and Ireland with well-known 
high street and independent retailers; 

•  New distributors have been appointed for the US market 

and for Denmark; and 

•  Strix now also has a presence in the hardware and 
garden centre market in the UK through listings of  
its Aqua Optima jugs and filters. 

The continued successful integration of the LAICA brand 
has enabled the expansion of the product portfolio in line 
with plans to achieve the identified benefits, and the 
trading performance has been strong over the period. 
There is already a marked expansion in the water treatment 
range resulting from consolidation opportunities of the 
LAICA brand with existing in-house legacy brands.

The appliances category has seen marked improvement 
represented by an increase of 1,387% over the four-year 
period from 2018 to 2021. The success is a result of an 
increased focus on value-based development centred 
around customer requirements, building sustainable 
credentials and commercial results. The focus on this 
approach alongside investment in this category and the 
successful integration of LAICA has seen the successful 
launch of several innovative products.

People: In 2021, Strix continued to strengthen the 
leadership team by appointing a new Chief Technology 
Officer who is responsible for driving the Group’s growth 
through innovation and technology solutions. We also 
implemented some internal restructuring to promote 
innovation and harness talent from within the organisation. 

Risks

The risk of not building and maintaining market share  
is lower sales revenues and cash flows for the Group,  
which could lead to reduced future capital expenditure. 

The relevant principal risks are:
•  Reliance on key customers
•  Reliance on key suppliers
•  Competitors and market pressures
•  Reputation with customer base

30

Annual report and accounts 2021

Strategic pillar #1 continued

2022 outlook

Product: The Group’s plans offer a competitive edge in  
the market through further launches of new innovative 
products. Through the new retail listings and distribution 
contracts, the Group aims to grow its market share by 
channelling our existing and new products to the different 
market segments, delivering products that meet consumer 
needs at various price points and functionality levels.  
Sales have already been realised in 2022 on some of  
the new products in the growing North America and 
Asia-Pacific markets.

Performance: The Group recently completed the 
construction of a new manufacturing factory in 2021 in 
Zengcheng district in Guangzhou, China. The new factory 
will double the Group’s manufacturing capacity enabling  
it to grow the business and deliver on the medium-term 
strategy of doubling revenues. Efficiencies and further 
in-sourcing arising from the new manufacturing facility  
are expected to have a positive effect on margins.

Strategic pillar #2
Focus on safety  
and quality

2021 progress

Performance: The Group’s new manufacturing facility
features automated functionality of up to 73% on its main
production lines which drives production efficiencies while
maintaining high-quality standards. The new factory
obtained certification for ISO 9001 (Quality Systems),
ISO 14001 (Environmental), ISO 45001 (Occupational H&S),
and ISO 50001 (Energy Management). This focus on  
quality control, sustainability, continuous improvement,
automation and health and safety in relation to the  
existing processes has delivered significant improvement 
in customer quality parts per million. We have also  
seen a marked decrease in accidents at the  
manufacturing facilities.

Process: The Group remains committed to consumer 
safety as we continue to develop products that allow 
consumers to live a safer, convenient and sustainable life  
at home. The Group also initiates regulatory enforcement 

actions to remove unsafe and poor-quality products  
from the market utilising the European Rapid Exchange of 
Information (‘RAPEX’) alert system. We continue to actively 
monitor the markets in which we operate for violation of our 
intellectual property rights. 

Strix remains committed to consumer safety and continues 
to prompt regulatory enforcement authorities to remove 
unsafe and poor-quality products from our major markets. 
Nine such actions were undertaken in 2021 resulting in 
product recalls and withdrawal of kettles from Bulgaria. 
Defence of intellectual property and regulatory 
enforcement remain core activities of our business  
and there have now been 66 actions undertaken since 2017.

Risks

The risk of not focusing on safety and quality is a loss of 
reputation caused by product failures, leading to a 
consequent loss of sales revenue and profitability.

The relevant principal risks are:
•  Reliance on key customers
•  Reputation with customer base
• 
•  Disruption to supply chains

Intellectual property

31

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Strix Group Plc

Growth strategy continued

Strategic pillar #2 continued

2022 outlook

Performance: With the new factory now fully 
operational, production capacity has significantly 
increased, and 73% of main production lines are  
fully automated. Strix’s automation plan continues 
developing new innovative manufacturing and assembly 
processes to support the Group’s New Product 
Introduction (NPI) roadmap and increase capacity for 
core product and the water and appliances divisions. 
Further in-sourcing of production is planned in the short 
to medium-term to support the ambition to increase  
our appliance and water manufacturing abilities.

Process: We will continue to engage in regulatory 
enforcement activities and, where appropriate,  
the defence of our intellectual property rights  
across all categories.

Registration and defence of intellectual property remain 
core activities of our business and are vital in achieving 
the Group’s growth potential. Europe-wide regulatory 
enforcement actions remain important with surveillance 
work to be widened to include Ukraine.

Strategic pillar #3
Explore new technologies 

2021 progress 

Product: New product development remains a fundamental 
driver in the Group’s core business strategy. The Group has 
made significant headway in 2021 having delivered on the 
targets outlined in the product development roadmap with 
the launch of multiple new products. We have also 
refocused our commercialisation strategy, optimising 
cross-category synergies within both our higher value 
appliances and water categories. Throughout 2021, in line 
with our medium-term growth ambitions, we launched 
multiple new products and improvements including the  
P76 5 pole connector for improved spillage and the U90 
flying lead in the kettle controls category. 

The Group successfully launched new products within the
appliances category namely the Aurora Beverage Station,
Dual Flo and the Visione induction kettle. The Aurora
Beverage Station and the Dual Flo appliances are powered
by Strix’s instant flow heater technology and use the  
Aqua Optima Evolve+ fast flow’s 5-step filtration  
technology to provide clean on-demand hot and or  
cold water. Both products have strong energy saving  
and sustainability benefits.

32

Annual report and accounts 2021

Strategic pillar #3 continued

The Aurora has recently been awarded the Quiet Mark 
award which is an industry accreditation aimed at 
encouraging companies worldwide to prioritise noise 
reduction within product design. These appliances also 
allow consumers to heat or cool down only the required 
amount of water, hence reducing energy consumption and 
wastage in line with the Group’s sustainability strategy. 

The Visione is the first cordless hob top kettle with auto 
stop functionality and a new stainless steel susceptor plate 
which allow reliable and safe boiling of water. The product 
has been awarded both the German Design Award 2022 
and the Red Dot design award, two prestigious awards in 
the industry. 

The water category continued to develop a range of new
products under Aqua Optima, astrea and LAICA brands and
some of the products premiered in 2021 include MyLAICA
stainless filter bottle, Evolve+ multi-fit filter for China, LAICA
tap filter systems and in-house manufacture of next
generation filter jugs for OEMs. The LAICA tap filter system
with HYDROSMART™ technology, further expands the
Group’s product range in the water category. The range
includes multiple models offering various filtered,  
unfiltered, and shower jet functions turning the tap  
into a multifunction filtered water appliance.

Performance: The Group’s dedicated project management 
team for the appliances category have focused on 
increasing efficiency, execution and budgeting capabilities 
across the many new projects within the area.

Risks

The risk of not exploring new technologies is driven by 
existing ones becoming obsolete, either through the 
advancement of competitor technology or through 
changing consumer requirements, leading to the  
Group having an insufficient product portfolio to  
meet market needs. 

The relevant principal risks are:
•  Competitors and market pressures
•  Reputation with customer base
• 

Intellectual property

2022 outlook 

Product: The Group will continue to deliver best-in-class 
products to the market through its global distribution 
channels. Within the kettle controls category this entails 
continued efficiency management for the U7 and VQ 
OEMs and the launch of the 15A fast-boil kettle which boils 
water at c.20% faster than most kettles on the backbone of 
Strix’s existing high standards of quality and safety in the 
form of precision temperature detection boil dry protection. 

In the water category new products include the launch of 
the Aqua Optima range in new markets, with a focus on  
new and improved filters and jugs.

Within the appliances category new products include the 
expansion of the existing lines with additions to the Aurora 
range, scales and baby products.

People: The dedicated category managers continue to 
expedite the commercialisation of new products and 
technologies in line with the Group’s new product roadmap. 
This consumer insight driven development of new products 
will meet the market needs and ensure that sales have the 
tools to obtain maximum market potential out of current 
and future Strix technologies. 

33

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

New factory and automation

Operational highlights

•  Production efficiency of core kettle 
products improved with 73% of all 
assembly lines now fully automated. 
•  Moulding capacity grew by 20% in 

•  The U9 series of controls continue 
to show strong growth with 34 
million manufactured in the period. 
•  Focus on continuous improvement, 

2021 to support core kettle controls 
growth and to support the ambition 
to increase our appliances and 
water manufacturing capabilities. 
Machine capacity has grown, again 
to support the appliances and water 
manufacturing, from 160 tonnes  
to 350 tonnes and will eventually 
grow again to 500 tonnes.

•  Metal pressing capacity grew by 

approximately 10% in 2021 to support 
core kettle controls growth and to 
support the ambition to increase our 
appliance manufacturing abilities.

automation and refinement of 
existing processes has delivered 
significant improvement in 
customer quality parts per  
million (‘ppm’). 

•  Strix is committed to achieving net 
zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023. To date, it 
has invested in a c.£600k project to 
install a solar power system in its 
new Chinese factory capable of 
generating over 10% of the plant’s 
electricity requirement. Contracts 
have now been signed for the 
balance of the energy requirements 

to be sourced from renewable 
sources. Additionally, Strix’s Isle  
of Man HQ and factory have also 
signed contracts to convert to 
renewable electricity.

•  The new factory successfully 

audited and certified to ISO 9001, 
ISO 14001, ISO 45001 and added ISO 
50001 to the certification portfolio.

New factory 
timeline

Construction 
Kick Off
Oct 2019

Foundation 
Construction
Dec 2019 - Apr 2020

Pile Foundation
Oct 2019 - Jan 2020

Sep

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan
2020

34

Decoration 
&  Electricity
Installation
Aug 2020 - 
Dec 2020

Final Inspection 

Factory Move

Mar 2021 - Aug 2021

& Approval

Jan 2021

Main Structure
Construction
Apr 2020 - Jul 2020

Trial Run

Nov 2020 - Dec 2020

Property Ownership

Certificate

Apr 2021

Full Operation 

in New Site

Aug 2021

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

2021

 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

Percentage of fully 
automated assembly lines 

Metal pressing capacity 

73%

Moulding capacity 

+20%

+10%

Strix facilities to achieve 
net zero Scope 1 & 2 by

2023

Automation 
The Group continues to benefit from fully 
automated assembly solutions – 73% of main 
manufacturing lines are now fully automated, with 
a further 30% reduction in customer quality ppm.

Strix’s automation plan continues developing  
new innovative manufacturing and assembly 
processes to support the Group’s New Product 
Introduction (NPI) roadmap and increase our 
capacity for core product and the water and 
appliance divisions.

New factory 

timeline

Construction 

Kick Off

Oct 2019

Foundation 

Construction

Dec 2019 - Apr 2020

Decoration 

&  Electricity

Installation

Aug 2020 - 

Dec 2020

Final Inspection 
& Approval
Jan 2021

Factory Move
Mar 2021 - Aug 2021

Pile Foundation

Oct 2019 - Jan 2020

Sep

Main Structure

Construction

Apr 2020 - Jul 2020

Trial Run
Nov 2020 - Dec 2020

Property Ownership
Certificate
Apr 2021

Full Operation 
in New Site
Aug 2021

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

2020

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Jan
2021

35

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Delivering our strategy

Strix continues to make significant progress 
in delivering its strategy since the Group’s 
initial listing on the AIM market in 
August 2017. 

We have made a number of key strategic 
decisions over this time which has 
supported the Group’s growth and added 
considerable value to our shareholders 
from the initial £1.00 public offering.

The Group’s focus on longer-term 
investment decisions and culture of 
innovation has supported the development 
of market-leading patented technology 
that will support the future growth of 
the business.

Each of Strix’s core categories 
has evolved considerably 
since the IPO with the 
following key changes:

 ‘The Board outlined its strategy of doubling revenues  
in five years during the Capital Market Day in 2020.  
In this first year of the five-year plan, Strix has a robust 
business model, and disciplined execution of our 
strategies has underpinned the resilience of our 
performance throughout economic cycles. We  
remain confident in our ability to navigate through  
the growing uncertainties ahead whilst delivering  
on our medium-term plan and against our targets.’

Mark Bartlett 
CEO

Kettle controls category
Strix remains the market-leading provider of kettle 
control components within the global kettle controls 
market. The introduction of a number of key product 
series within this category continues to strengthen 
our position in existing markets and to penetrate new 
markets, while still providing customers with a ‘good’, 
‘better’, ‘best’ classification that ensures Strix’s 
products are aligned to customer needs and 
price points. 

This includes the introduction and expansion of  
the U90 range, with the U9 series having now sold  
c.75 million units to date, and we continue patented 
launches of our core products within the range. The
product portfolio also continues to be enhanced
through the expansion of the StrixVQ range and
brand, which provides a lower-cost alternative for  
the Less Regulated market. In the medium-term, the 
Group will continue to bring innovative new products 
to market focused on cost improvements, consumer
benefits and sustainability.

The Group has remained focused on defending its 
intellectual property with particular success within 
the China healthy eating kettle market which is 
supporting growth within this segment. We have 
increased our focus on identifying the sale of copyists 
and unsafe kettles, particularly for online sales.  
This has led to a number of actions being undertaken 
that include product recalls, intellectual property 
enforcement raids, unfair competition claims, patent 
infringement claims and copyright claims. 

36

Annual report and accounts 2021

Appliances category
Following the IPO in 2017, Strix has placed a higher 
emphasis on the appliances category to derive 
enhanced value from its existing and new patented 
technologies. The category has worked with partners 
to launch a range of appliances into the market, 
including the P7a Adaptor for Cordless Iron, the award 
winning Tommee Tippee Perfect Prep Day & Night, the 
Mr Coffee Single Serve (Pod Free) Coffee Maker, the 
Aurora Beverage Station for chilled and boiled filtered 
water, the Dual Flo kettle appliance, and the Visione 
Induction Kettle.

Following the introduction of a category management 
team, there has been increased focus on value-based 
development directed toward consumer requirements 
and commercial execution. The ability to place 
long-term investment in this category has set the 
foundations for growth in years to come, with plans to 
launch truly innovative products such as the Water 
Filter Kettle & Toaster Breakfast Set and Dual Flo. The 
Aurora technology will continue to be launched under 
Strix brands and global and local brand partners into 
newer markets, and the Dual Flo appliance, which 
launched through global and local brand partners,  
will launch through the LAICA brand.

Water category
The water category has changed significantly since IPO 
partly driven by the acquisitions of HaloSource and 
LAICA in 2019 and 2020 respectively. These acquisitions 
enabled expansion of the category’s product portfolio 
through the addition of the astrea, HaloPure and LAICA 
brands. The successful integration of these brands into 
the water category and the combined strength of the 
category’s R&D team will support the delivery of the 
Group’s ongoing strategy.

In the UK and Ireland, new retail listings for the Aqua 
Optima range have also been won, growing the brand’s 
presence across the region with more than 200 
additional store listings across well-known high street 
and independent retailers. Throughout the period 
since IPO, Aqua Optima has entered into contracts with 
a number of leading UK retail brands to launch private 
label products, and it has released a number of 
innovative products to the market, such as the Aurora 
Beverage Station which makes use of Aqua Optima’s 
Evolve+ fast flow’s 5-step filtration technology. The 
brand has also signed strategic partnerships with the 
Terra Cycle recycling initiative and Park Run to increase 
the reputation and sustainability of the brand. 

The new brands (astrea, HaloPure and LAICA) have 
enhanced Strix’s position and helped build the 
foundations to becoming a strong competitor to the 
market leaders within the highly competitive water 
filtration market. The category is well placed to deliver 
our strategy for growth thanks to long-term investment 
decisions made from IPO to date, with a comprehensive 
and innovative roadmap of new product launches 
across all brands to drive current and future 
geographical distribution objectives.

37

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

New products roadmap

Strix continues to invest in its R&D capabilities to deliver innovative  
new technology into each of its core categories. The Group is focused on 
delivering products that meet consumer needs at a variety of price points  
and functionality levels. The introduction of a category management team  
will support the commercialisation of new technologies to ensure we obtain 
the greatest value out of our R&D activities.

Kettle controls category

2020
Strix VQ MK3 Control for China

P76 5 Pole Washproof Adaptor

EK Connector (Glass Version)

15A Control Development  
(U9/U7 Series)

2021
Further range expansion of  
the U9 series (U9 11A)

P76 5 Pole Connector  
(for improved spillage)

U90 Flying Lead 

2022
Fast Boil – Patented 15A range 
expansion

U7 OEM efficiency improvement  
(wire management)

VQ OEM efficiency improvement  
(wire management)

U99 refresh targeting improved  
user experience (eliminate  
appliance rocking)

Ongoing cost and efficiency 
enhancements

Water category

2020
Next Generation astrea ONE  
Bottle Filter

Plastic astrea Bottle 

2021
MyLAICA Stainless Filter Bottle 

In-House Manufactured Next 
Generation OEM Filter Jugs

Aqua Optima Evolve+ Multi-Fit Filter 

Bespoke Kettle Filter 

In-House Manufactured Universal 
Style Filter 

2022
North American version of  
Aqua Optima Range 

North American version of  
the LAICA Range 

New Improved Evolve+ Multi-Fit Filter 

Evolve+ Multi-Fit Filter for China 

Enhanced Tap Filter 

LAICA Tap Filter Systems

Perfect Pour Jug & Dispenser Range 

Perfect Fit – Filter Adapter

Appliances category

2020
Perfect Prep Day & Night for Europe

2021
Dual Flo North America 

P7a Adaptor for Cordless Iron

Aurora Beverage Station

Visione – Induction Kettle

38

2022
Aurora Range Expansion  
(two additional models)

Steriliser-Dryer

Water Filter Kettle & Toaster  
Breakfast Set

Dual Flo – LAICA

Eco (GlaSSmart™) Vacuum containers

New kitchen scales range

New personal scales range

LAICA Sous Vide & Vacuum  
expansion to UK

 
Annual report and accounts 2021

15A Fast Boil solution 
The 15A fast-boil kettle control enables the boiling of water 
c.20% faster than most kettles, designed with the highest 
standard of precision temperature detection and dry boil 
protection, and is patented to ensure highest level of safety 
standards in the market. It is also paired with an increasing 
consumer adoption of cordless technology. The Group is 
already starting to realise sales, targeting the growing North 
America and Asia-Pacific (‘APAC’) markets. 

Aurora Beverage Station
Launching under the Aqua-Optima brand and powered by Strix 
Instant Flow Heater technology, the Aurora Beverage Station 
delivers seven different auto-dispensing options from chilled to 
boiled filtered water at the touch of a button. It makes use of Aqua 
Optima’s Evolve+ fast flow’s 5-step filtration technology, with a 
removable water tank which holds up to three litres of water, 
saving energy and time, and boiling only the amount you need. 

Aurora Hot was launched in Q4 2021 and is now listed and selling 
well through online marketplaces, while the Aurora Chilled is on 
track to be in the market in the second quarter of 2022. Aurora is 
part of a continued expansion of the Aqua Optima portfolio, 
focused on delivering budget friendly water filtration solutions 
that are powered by best-in-class Strix technology. 

Visione
Born out of Italian design and heritage, the Visione is the first 
cordless hob top kettle with auto stop functionality. A new 
stainless steel susceptor plate and auto stop feature allows for 
reliable and safe boiling of water, with a high-grade glass vessel 
as a see-through feature that allows you to see the water as it 
boils. The product has been awarded both the German Design 
Award 2022 and the Red Dot design award – two prestigious 
awards in the industry. 

LAICA tap filter system 
The LAICA tap filter system with HYDROSMART™ technology, 
further expands the Group’s product range in the water 
category, with high-growth opportunities in the APAC and 
EMEA regions. The system attaches directly to the consumer 
tap, delivering instant filtered water for three months per filter. 
The range includes multiple models offering various filtered, 
unfiltered, and shower jet functions turning the tap into a 
multi-function filtered water appliance.

39

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Categories case studies
An in-depth look into Strix’s primary growth categories: water and appliances

The successful integration of LAICA has 
significantly augmented Strix’s position in 
the water category on the backbone of 
LAICA’s considerable global presence, its 
established product range, as well as its 
advanced new product roadmap. The 
combined LAICA/Aqua Optima brand has 
retained Strix’s number two position in  
the UK market.

Sustainable
Sustainability is an overarching ethos for 
Strix which drives our culture and operating 
environment. In light of the global call on 
sustainability, we have identified and 
aligned our sustainability strategy to the 
key UN Sustainable Development Goals 
where we believe we can make the greatest 
contribution through our product offering 
and operational and social engagement. 
Water is a limited natural resource which is 
experiencing ever greater pollution, and 
demand is expected to increase by 50% in 
2030. In light of this devastating projection, 
we continue to focus on our consumer 
wellbeing as we strive to ensure our 
consumers have access to quality water 
through sustainable delivery mechanisms. 

We provide water solutions which are 
suitable for personal use at home or 
on-the-go as well as corporate and 
commercial use including in agricultural and 
health settings. Our innovative point-of-use 
water solutions reduce the ingestion of 
harmful microorganisms and 
micropollutants and they also help us 
achieve our sustainability efforts to reduce, 
reuse and recycle. Our filters and reusable 
bottles and jugs combat single-use plastic 
which is a global problem where 80% of all 
plastic water bottles end up in landfills, and 
ultimately in the sea. As a responsible 
business, we also have an established 
contract with TerraCycle, and drop-off 
points where consumers can return our 
Aqua Optima filters for recycling. In farming, 
Strix’s HaloPure water purification and 
sterilisation technology offers ongoing 
microbial control which, once installed, 
prevents pathogenic microorganisms from 
reproducing, resulting in higher quality 
animals for the end consumer. Currently, 
the livestock farming industry relies on  
an ultrafiltration single-use membrane –  
to counter this, Strix offers an unmatched 
system which can be reused and 
maintained over a number of years. 

Water category

There are two guiding principles which help 
direct Strix on our corporate journey: we 
aim to provide world-leading innovative  
and sustainable technological solutions. 
These two principles of innovation and 
sustainability are particularly pivotal in  
our work across the water category.

Strix sold c.10.1 million filter 
units in 2021, equivalent to 
saving 1 billion single-use 
plastic bottles 

10.1m

Aqua Optima filters are 
100% recyclable under  
the TerraCycle initiative

100%

Strix has taken its filtration 
technology and developed 
an industrial purification 
system through its 
HaloPure brand

Innovative
Throughout our history, Strix has 
understood the benefits of market 
disruption. For example, Eric Taylor, founder 
of Castletown Thermostats and father of 
John Taylor, the founder of Strix, provided 
bomber pilots with new innovations in the 
form of thermal suit technology. This desire 
to develop something newer, better and 
different was also present when Strix made 
its first tentative steps into the water 
category market more than 15 years ago 
through the launch of our first Aqua Optima 
product which enabled ‘fast flow’ filtration 
for kettles. We continue to develop in this 
category. In 2021, we have realised growth 
through the launch of additional innovative 
and sustainable products as well as 
through our value creation strategy of 
highly targeted acquisitions, namely LAICA 
which was acquired in 2020 with full year 
results realised in 2021. 

40

Outlook for Aqua Optima range
•  The Group seeks to extend its market share by expanding into new markets
•  Secured with 200+ contracts with high-end retailers and distributors
•  Continued enhancements to the appliances, jugs and filters to keep up  

with consumer demands

Aqua Optima filter jugs
The unique formulation used in Aqua 
Optima filter jugs extends life by reducing 
the levels of limescale and chlorine giving 
extra clarity to filtered water and greatly 
improves the quality and taste. All Aqua 
Optima filters and jugs are Bisphenol-A 
(BPA) free.

Historically the Group sourced its pitcher 
jugs from a supplier in Eastern Europe.
However, with constraints following Brexit 
and global supply chain disruption, the 

outsourcing costs continued to rise, 
prompting the Group to leverage on to its 
newly constructed factory and bring the 
design and manufacture of its range 
in-house. The move allows the Group to 
better secure its supply chain and achieve 
efficiencies whilst maintaining Strix’s 
established manufacturing excellence  
and quality of its products, in addition to 
securing more consistent pricing. This 
strategy will allow the Group to extend its 
global reach with the Aqua Optima brand. 

Annual report and accounts 2021

Aqua Optima

Strix launched Aqua Optima in 2005 and 
since then the range has continued to grow 
with more products added to the portfolio 
year on year. The Aqua Optima range 
comprises water filters, filter jugs and 
appliances and with consumer wellbeing 
and sustainability at the core of its product 
designs, the Aqua Optima range offers 
innovative technology which is suitable for 
everyday use with minimal footprint. The 
Aqua Optima filters and reusable bottles 
and jugs reduce ingestion of harmful 
impurities from water and help combat 
single-use plastic. As part of efforts to 
reduce the impact of our business on the 
environment and communities, the Aqua 
Optima range combines the superior power 
of our filters and the compact and stylish 
appliance designs to provide convenient, 
energy saving sustainability solutions  
to consumers and we also have an 
established recycling contract with 
TerraCycle which offers consumers a 
solution to recycle used filters. 

Aqua Optima water filters 
Aqua Optima’s Evolve+ range of filters use a 
unique 5-step filtration system to remove 
impurities and unwanted substances from 
tap water, including microplastics, 
herbicides, pesticides, lead and heavy 
metals. The Evolve+ filter has gained 
traction as the number two brand in  
the UK and Italy due to its unique multi-fit 
compatibility which enables it to be used in 
Aqua Optima products as well as the market 
leading brand. Recently, the leading brand 
implemented a new filter fit design to 
prevent competitors from offering 
compatible filters. In 2021, Strix launched  
an adapter that allows the Evolve+ range  
of filters to be compatible with the leading 
brand’s products well into the future.

41

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Categories Case Studies continued
HaloPure

 ‘Strix’s HaloPure technology represents a highly 
attractive proposition for industries that require  
a water purification and disinfection solution.  
It continues to gain wider recognition by the  
market and has now secured 14 contracts,  
which demonstrates the continued focus  
on commercialising this important product.’

Mark Bartlett
CEO

HaloPure technology has the unique ability 
to not only treat raw incoming water, but 
also maintain an ongoing sanitised 
environment throughout the water line, 
which is a perfect application for industries 
reliant on long distance water lines with 
significant bacteria contamination such  
as livestock farming. HaloPure filtration 
contains a porous, highly cross-linked 
polymeric brominated resin with a high 
surface area which firstly eliminates any 
microorganisms in the water and then 
releases hypobromous acid to maintain 
ongoing microbial control which, in turn, 
prevents pathogenic microorganisms  
from reproducing.

Product development of the HaloPure 
technology has evolved significantly since 
its acquisition in 2019, with the solution’s 
use being extended to the disinfection of 
animals drinking water and epidemic 
prevention of viruses such as the African 
Swine Fever Virus. Further applications of 
the technology were towards its use as  
a disinfecting mist to curb the spread of 
COVID-19 within our manufacturing facility 
in China, as well as its potential within the 
healthcare and dentistry markets. 

42

HaloPure technology has also been 
developed to treat healthcare and dental 
rinse water, assisting the prevention of 
healthcare-associated infection. HaloPure 
powered filters have been installed in 
numerous hospital and dentistry clinics’ 
water lines to provide patients with safer 
and cleaner water. The HaloPure 
technology is also well positioned to 
respond to the anticipated regulation 
changes in China that will require safer 
medical and dental rinse water for use in 
hospitals and clinics across the country. 

During the current year, the Group secured 
14 contracts with livestock farmers, with  
no negative feedback received despite a 
challenging year for the farming industry  
in China facilitated by increasing animal 
pricing. A commercial channel has been set 
up as support for the product use, including 
agency and consultancy collaboration with 
our technical support.

The product development has been 
advanced to incorporate a smaller size 
mini-system which would provide a 
lower-cost solution and will allow the Group 
to penetrate into the smaller farms’ market, 
thereby widening our product reach. 
Commercialisation of the mini-system is 
currently underway, and benefits of the 
product would include low pricing structure 
and easier installations. Our mini-system 
was also cost re-engineered into a new 
product variant which will create higher 
price competitiveness within the market. 
The product specifications are currently 
being designed, and testing performed 
within our manufacturing facilities.

Product development roadmap
•  The livestock system has been 

developed into Good/Better/Best 
product categories to meet the different 
level of customer expectation in terms  
of price and function.

•  Discussions are continuing to sign 
contracts with more customers in 
various market segments who register 
strong interest in the technology.
•  Strix has employed sales agents who 
continue to aggressively promote the 
products to the market.

•  The HaloPure technology will be 

showcased in the upcoming national 
and Asia exhibitions.

•  Strix will continue to research and 

develop lower-cost solutions to continue 
gaining wider market appeal.

Annual report and accounts 2021

LAICA S.p.A.

FY 2021 LAICA revenues 

£22.7m

Growth from annualised  
FY 2020 LAICA revenues

+5.1% 

Having been acquired in October 2020, 
LAICA is already providing strategic 
consolidation of Strix’s water treatment 
range, and complementing the Group’s 
appliances category, by driving efficiencies 
and providing a comprehensive portfolio  
of products for the Group globally. LAICA’s 
solid trading performance this year can  
be attributed to an effective commercial 
integration with the wider Strix Group, 
achieved through the following: 

Effective management with an 
experienced team
Managed by a very strong team, LAICA 
brings in a wealth of experience within the 
water filtration and small domestic 
appliances categories, working hand in 
hand with the wider Strix Group to realise  
a seamless commercial integration that  
has already brought in a broad range of 
synergistic benefits within its first year of 
acquisition. LAICA management is made up 
of Riccardo Dolcetta and Nicolò Zanuso. 

 ‘LAICA has a considerable global presence, an 
established product range and an advanced new 
product roadmap. The acquisition continues to be 
successfully integrated in line with plan to achieve  
the identified benefits, and the trading performance 
has been strong over the period.’

Mark Bartlett
CEO

Riccardo Dolcetta
General Manager
Riccardo joined in January 2021. He manages the 
LAICA team with overall leadership over the 
organisation’s operations and strategic direction.  
He has responsibility over the commercial, research 
and development manufacturing, and engineering 
operations. He brought with him a wealth of 
experience, having held leading roles as General 
Manager or CEO of companies such as DWS, an Italian 
designer and manufacturer of 3D printers, and 
Ceccato which manufactures specialist equipment 
for washing cars and industrial vehicles. Riccardo has 
also worked for Salvagnini, a multinational company 
dedicated to automation in the industrial processing 
of sheet metal. Riccardo holds a Bachelor’s degree in 
Engineering of Industrial Technologies.

Nicolò Zanuso
Finance Director
Nicolò joined Strix in March 2021. He leads the LAICA 
finance team, overseeing the financial activities of 
the organisation. He ensures appropriate controls  
are in place over financial assets, information and 
business processes, and ensures compliance with 
relevant accounting standards and legislation.  
He also manages LAICA’s integration with the wider 
Strix Group to ensure consistency and integrity of 
financial information. Nicolò brings with him a lot  
of experience in the finance field, having worked  
for listed multinational groups such as ITW and 
Dormakaba, in the UK and European markets, and 
holding leading roles responsible for local and 
international teams. Nicolò has a BSc and an  
MBA in Economics and Management.

43

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Categories Case Studies continued
LAICA S.p.A. continued

Complementary product range
LAICA’s eminent market position in point-of-use water filtration,
kitchenware, personal scales and healthcare products significantly
strengthens Strix’s proposition in these areas, providing both a
complete ‘at home’ and ‘on the go’ water filtration range for all 
demographics to the Strix family of products, such as its tap filters, 
water filter carafes and fast flow filtration bottles, as well as 
personal and kitchen scales, kitchen appliances, and health  
care and small beauty appliances.

The new and expanded LAICA brand portfolio for consumer water 
and appliances has already started providing cross-selling 
opportunities for the wider Group, enabling us to tap into those 
markets in which both LAICA and Strix hold dominant positions, and 
facilitating the platform for the planned geographical expansion in 
the medium-term to deliver double-digit revenue growth. 

Global presence and mature distribution channels
LAICA has a strong heritage in household products and has been 
one of the most favoured and recognised brands in Italy for over 50 
years. Taking advantage of this, LAICA was able to initiate a process 
of development and consolidation that led to the opening of 
branches in Europe and Asia and the creation of an international 
distribution network. LAICA also provides new potential routes to 
market for all our products through long standing distribution 
channels across the globe, with particular strength in the Middle 
East, the Balkans and Southern Europe. 

With planned integration well in progress, Strix is already leveraging 
this robust position to expand LAICA’s water filtration and small 
domestic appliances, with a reputation for quality, to both the UK 
and US.

Manufacturing and engineering capabilities
The LAICA facility in Northern Italy brings Strix state-of-the-art 
automated manufacturing, warehousing and a sales and marketing 
office within the European Union, allowing better access to the 
post-Brexit market. The manufacturing plant has a Research and 
Development centre, a Quality and Design facility, a CAD 
Engineering office, and production lines for its water filtration 
products such as filters, jugs and cartridges. Products are 
characterised by the high quality of their raw materials and 
production process, and by attention to detail and creative 
designs. Research and development into products and solutions  
is constant and articulated, as befits an organisation that is 
distinguished for its technological innovation and cutting-edge 
solutions. LAICA pursues collaboration with technical-scientific 
bodies, and participates in community and national projects,  
which are further drivers of its R&D activities. 

LAICA has a long list of quality certifications from international 
organisations and independent research laboratories. The 
management of the quality system of business processes is 
certified according to the ISO 9001: 2015 regulatory standards.

44

 
Annual report and accounts 2021

Appliances category 

Strix seeks to use its technology and 
innovation expertise to develop adjacent 
products to solve problems in tangential 
markets in a sustainable way. The Group 
looks to develop products offering 
meaningful benefits to customers which 
can then be commercialised through 
existing relationships with experienced  
and trusted OEMs and consumer appliance 
specialists. Taking a look at some of our 
successful product launches to date  
within the appliances category:

 ‘Strix’s mission within the appliances category 
is to develop products that allow consumers to 
live a safer, more convenient and sustainable 
life at home.’

Harry Kyriacou
CCO

Hot water on demand – Aurora platform 
Aurora is for families and eco conscious consumers who live a busy lifestyle and 
seek products that offer convenience, environmental benefits and great tasting 
drinks. Aurora is a premium water dispenser that delivers instant hot, boiled or 
chilled, filtered water on demand. It features the patented Strix IFH technology 
which, unlike competitive solutions, delivers boiling water for the perfect brew every 
time. Aurora is the only ‘plug & go’ hot and chilled water dispenser on the market – 
helping you save space in the kitchen by combining the functionality of a kettle, 
water chiller and filter – without having to commit to expensive ‘plumbed in’ 
alternatives. As with our entire ‘hot water on demand’ range, Aurora allows users  
to boil only what they need, helping to reduce the 70 million litres of water each  
year in the UK that is boiled and not used. 

Aurora’s success showcases our unique position and adaptable go to market approach. 
In 2021 IFH component sales to OEMs increased 126% year on year, meanwhile we 
achieved over £250,000 in sales under our Aqua Optima brand via online distribution. 

Visione
Visione is the only induction hob top kettle with auto stop functionality. Never  
before has an induction kettle been so intuitive, safe and functional. The auto stop 
functionality means your kettle will always shut off at boil point, so there’s no need 
to watch over your hob top kettle; giving consumers further peace of mind to that 
gained by Strix being renowned for having sold safety controls into over one billion 
kettles worldwide. Visione is born out of Italian design and heritage; the combination 
of no cord, glass, stainless steel and high-quality polymers delivers an elegant and 
sophisticated product for a classy, clutter free kitchen – as a result Visione has been 
recognised with a 2022 German Design Award Special Mention. 

Dual Flo
Combining Strix technology with LAICA’s classic Italian design, Dual Flo is the only 
combined kettle and hot water dispenser on the market. Unlike other kettles, the 
innovative one cup dispense automatically pours the desired volume of boiling water 
straight into a cup, not only offering a hands-free solution to making a hot drink but 
saving energy and reducing water waste by boiling only the exact amount of water you 
use. With options to dispense from 150ml – 250ml of boiling water, or pouring up to 1.5 
litres, it offers total flexibility for the family whilst saving on household energy bills. It’s 
the kettle, evolved. Again, Strix continues to leverage its unique position to maximise
commercial return, with brand partner launches across North America and Europe
secured in 2021, and plans to launch under the LAICA brand in the UK and EU early in 2022.

45

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Strix Group Plc

Engaging our stakeholders

Strix’s business model is predicated on understanding and serving the needs of  
all our stakeholders as developed through continual and responsive dialogue. 

The Group considers the impacts our 
business decisions have on stakeholders, 
with the aim of addressing any concerns 
they might have, as we actively engage  
with them to nurture relationships that 
underpin the long-term success and 
sustainability of the Group. 

The Group considers six key stakeholders 
that drive our strategy:

 ‘Strix promotes 
innovative thinking 
throughout its 
workforce 
reinforced by both 
our ‘Think Twice’ 
and our ‘Lean 
Initiative’ schemes. 
Both schemes 
encourage ideas 
aimed at 
maintaining a 
culture and way  
of working for 
continuous 
improvement.’ 

Mark Bartlett 
CEO

46

Risk

Our shareholders

Our employees

Our customers

Our suppliers

Our communities

The environment

Why do we 
engage?

As ultimate owners of the 
business, we engage with our 
investors for transparency on 
our business model, strategies 
and performance, whilst 
obtaining an understanding  
of their needs and priorities in 
order to deliver value for their 
investment in our business. 

With over 850 employees across 
ten locations worldwide, our 
employees are our greatest asset 
and the Group believes that the 
development and retention of 
talent is important to achieve  
the long-term strategic goals  
of the business.

What are 
the key 
areas of 
interest?

How do we 
engage?

•  Revenue growth and 

profitability.

•  Product and geographical 

diversification.

•  Value creation and returns  
on investments, including 
dividends.

•  Market share and leadership.
•  Sustainability through our 
Environmental, Social and 
Governance (‘ESG’) strategy.

•  Annual General Meetings.
•  Capital Markets Days.
•  Investor roadshows and 

presentations.

•  Direct meetings with 

institutional investors via 
various media, including  
video conference calls.
•  Written communications, 
including annual reports  
and results releases.
•  Independent investor 
feedback reviews.

•  Individual shareholders are 
encouraged to contact 
Directors on all matters relating 
to governance and strategy 
through various 
communication channels.

•  Health, safety and wellbeing.
•  Training and development.
•  Reward and recognition.
•  Career progression.
•  Culture, diversity  
and community.

•  We communicate through a 
variety of channels including 
internal meetings, video and  
call conferencing, email and 
written communication.
•  Quarterly newsletters with 

business updates and news on 
finances, social events and 
employee interests and profiles, 
amongst other things.

•  A global intranet platform with 
notices and announcements, 
workflows processes, employee 
directory, amongst other things. 
•  Periodic employee surveys and 
annual reviews as feedback 
platforms.

•  Employee assistance 
programme, including 
counselling, to assist on  
issues impacting wellbeing  
and performance.

•  Encouraging employee 

participation through ‘Think 
Twice’ and ‘Lean Initiative’ 
schemes.

•  Internal training and certification 
including relevant International 
Organization for Standardization 
(ISOs).

In line with our mission 

statement, the value of the 

We work closely with our 

suppliers to build strong 

As a financially successful business, 

Human impacts on the 

we are in a strong position to give 

environment are increasingly 

business is created based on 

relationships that make doing 

back and acknowledge our 

recognised as harmful to the 

how we enhance customers’ 

business with us a long-term  

responsibility to the communities  

long-term sustainability of our 

lives through the innovative  

and sustainable design and 

efficiency of our products. 

goal which brings value to both 

in which we operate. We aim to 

society and planet. Not only is 

parties. Forming strategic 

strengthen our position as a global, 

managing our environmental 

partnerships enhances the  

socially responsible employer, whilst 

impact the right thing to do,  

Constant engagement with 

value of our business and plays  

reinforcing our corporate culture  

but delivering environmentally 

customers is necessary in order 

a major role in ultimately 

and employee pride in our positive 

friendly products is key to our 

to continue meeting their needs. 

satisfying the needs of our 

contribution to all of our local 

growth strategy.

customers, whilst meeting  

our sustainability targets. 

communities across the Group. 

•  Safety and sustainability.

•  Innovation and efficiency.

•  Quality and reliability.

•  Long-term relationships and 

•  Job creation, including 

supply chain security.

apprenticeships.

•  Pricing and related terms  

•  Charitable funding.

•  Supply chain management.

of supply.

•  Public health and safety.

•  Cost effectiveness.

•  Quality and audit standards, 

•  Education.

•  Reduced carbon footprint.

•  Charitable funding.

•  Preservation of our planet.

and related requirements.

•  Preservation and restoration  

•  Governance and corporate 

of the environment.

responsibility.

•  Continual dialogue to 

•  Bi-annual audits.

•  Communication of our sustainability 

•  Communication of our 

understand their challenges 

•  Continual communications  

strategy via ESG reports and 

sustainability strategy via  

supported by close R&D 

alignment.

on our Supplier Code of 

Business Conduct.

presentations.

the Group’s annual 

•  Sponsorship of, and participation in 

sustainability report.

•  Maintaining close relationships 

•  Discussion on mutual working, 

annual graduate intern and youth 

•  Participation in local 

via regional sales or 

commercial teams.

•  Involving them in product 

design and testing, and 

sharing of knowledge and 

including understanding of 

their operations to improve 

awareness on sustainability 

requirements in line with the 

development programmes, 

including Junior Achievement 

community projects focused 

on preservation of nature, 

programmes to enhance training 

including voluntary work with 

and development for children, 

charities such as the Manx 

Responsible Business Alliance.

young people and graduates.

Wildlife Trust.

understanding of products  

•  Internal risk assessments on 

•  Participation and membership in 

•  Various initiatives to raise 

for faster product releases in 

policy awareness, quality, 

local business networks, including 

awareness of environmental 

capacity and performance.

Chamber of Commerce committees 

preservation.

line with market needs.

•  Regular participation in 

self-organised seminars  

and exhibitions.

•  Engage with consultants to 

handle customer relations  

for large group companies  

who request to deal with 

manufacturers.

•  Effective order and supply 

chain process, simplifying 

order execution and  

product delivery.

and STEM groups.

•  Alignment with the UN’s 

•  Continued volunteering, support 

Sustainable Development 

and fundraising activities for various 

Goals.

charities including Save the 

Children, Isle Listen, Kidscape 

•  Continued research and 

development of energy 

Chester, The Samaritans, Chester 

efficient kettles to reduce 

Aid to the Homeless, Isle of Man 

wasted energy.

Children’s Centre, Manx Breast 

•  Investment into plastic waste 

Cancer and MacMillan Cancer 

reducing products to reduce 

Support Groups, and participation 

and eliminate the need for 

through our LAICA subsidiary, 

including Surgery For Children, 

single-use bottles which end 

up in a landfill or part of the 

B.I.R.D. Europe Foundation Onlue 

millions of tonnes of plastic  

and Rise Against Hunger.

in the oceans.

•  Involvement in a number of projects 

•  Ensuring availability of safe 

within the local community to assist 

water and sanitation for all 

with efforts to curb impacts on 

through the development of 

COVID-19 in the community.

filtration products to enhance 

•  Awards earned from the various 

water quality, removing lead, 

contributions made to our various 

bacteria and viruses.

stakeholders and society.

Annual report and accounts 2021

Risk

Our shareholders

Our employees

Our customers

Our suppliers

Our communities

The environment

Why do we 

engage?

As ultimate owners of the 

With over 850 employees across 

business, we engage with our 

ten locations worldwide, our 

investors for transparency on 

employees are our greatest asset 

our business model, strategies 

and the Group believes that the 

and performance, whilst 

development and retention of 

obtaining an understanding  

talent is important to achieve  

of their needs and priorities in 

the long-term strategic goals  

order to deliver value for their 

of the business.

investment in our business. 

What are 

the key 

areas of 

interest?

•  Revenue growth and 

profitability.

•  Health, safety and wellbeing.

•  Training and development.

•  Product and geographical 

•  Reward and recognition.

diversification.

•  Career progression.

•  Value creation and returns  

•  Culture, diversity  

on investments, including 

and community.

dividends.

•  Market share and leadership.

•  Sustainability through our 

Environmental, Social and 

Governance (‘ESG’) strategy.

How do we 

engage?

•  Annual General Meetings.

•  We communicate through a 

•  Capital Markets Days.

•  Investor roadshows and 

presentations.

•  Direct meetings with 

institutional investors via 

various media, including  

video conference calls.

•  Written communications, 

including annual reports  

and results releases.

•  Independent investor 

feedback reviews.

•  Individual shareholders are 

variety of channels including 

internal meetings, video and  

call conferencing, email and 

written communication.

•  Quarterly newsletters with 

business updates and news on 

finances, social events and 

employee interests and profiles, 

amongst other things.

•  A global intranet platform with 

notices and announcements, 

workflows processes, employee 

directory, amongst other things. 

encouraged to contact 

•  Periodic employee surveys and 

Directors on all matters relating 

annual reviews as feedback 

to governance and strategy 

platforms.

through various 

communication channels.

•  Employee assistance 

programme, including 

counselling, to assist on  

issues impacting wellbeing  

and performance.

•  Encouraging employee 

participation through ‘Think 

Twice’ and ‘Lean Initiative’ 

schemes.

•  Internal training and certification 

including relevant International 

Organization for Standardization 

(ISOs).

In line with our mission 
statement, the value of the 
business is created based on 
how we enhance customers’ 
lives through the innovative  
and sustainable design and 
efficiency of our products. 
Constant engagement with 
customers is necessary in order 
to continue meeting their needs. 

We work closely with our 
suppliers to build strong 
relationships that make doing 
business with us a long-term  
goal which brings value to both 
parties. Forming strategic 
partnerships enhances the  
value of our business and plays  
a major role in ultimately 
satisfying the needs of our 
customers, whilst meeting  
our sustainability targets. 

As a financially successful business, 
we are in a strong position to give 
back and acknowledge our 
responsibility to the communities  
in which we operate. We aim to 
strengthen our position as a global, 
socially responsible employer, whilst 
reinforcing our corporate culture  
and employee pride in our positive 
contribution to all of our local 
communities across the Group. 

Human impacts on the 
environment are increasingly 
recognised as harmful to the 
long-term sustainability of our 
society and planet. Not only is 
managing our environmental 
impact the right thing to do,  
but delivering environmentally 
friendly products is key to our 
growth strategy.

•  Safety and sustainability.
•  Innovation and efficiency.
•  Quality and reliability.
•  Supply chain management.
•  Cost effectiveness.

•  Long-term relationships and 

•  Job creation, including 

supply chain security.
•  Pricing and related terms  

of supply.

•  Quality and audit standards, 
and related requirements.
•  Governance and corporate 

responsibility.

apprenticeships.
•  Charitable funding.
•  Public health and safety.
•  Education.
•  Preservation and restoration  

of the environment.

•  Reduced carbon footprint.
•  Charitable funding.
•  Preservation of our planet.

•  Bi-annual audits.
•  Continual communications  
on our Supplier Code of 
Business Conduct.

•  Discussion on mutual working, 
including understanding of 
their operations to improve 
awareness on sustainability 
requirements in line with the 
Responsible Business Alliance.

•  Internal risk assessments on 
policy awareness, quality, 
capacity and performance.

•  Continual dialogue to 

understand their challenges 
supported by close R&D 
alignment.

•  Maintaining close relationships 

via regional sales or 
commercial teams.

•  Involving them in product 
design and testing, and 
sharing of knowledge and 
understanding of products  
for faster product releases in 
line with market needs.
•  Regular participation in 

self-organised seminars  
and exhibitions.

•  Engage with consultants to 
handle customer relations  
for large group companies  
who request to deal with 
manufacturers.

•  Effective order and supply 
chain process, simplifying 
order execution and  
product delivery.

•  Communication of our sustainability 

•  Communication of our 

strategy via ESG reports and 
presentations.

•  Sponsorship of, and participation in 
annual graduate intern and youth 
development programmes, 
including Junior Achievement 
programmes to enhance training 
and development for children, 
young people and graduates.
•  Participation and membership in 

local business networks, including 
Chamber of Commerce committees 
and STEM groups.

•  Continued volunteering, support 

and fundraising activities for various 
charities including Save the 
Children, Isle Listen, Kidscape 
Chester, The Samaritans, Chester 
Aid to the Homeless, Isle of Man 
Children’s Centre, Manx Breast 
Cancer and MacMillan Cancer 
Support Groups, and participation 
through our LAICA subsidiary, 
including Surgery For Children, 
B.I.R.D. Europe Foundation Onlue 
and Rise Against Hunger.

•  Involvement in a number of projects 
within the local community to assist 
with efforts to curb impacts on 
COVID-19 in the community.
•  Awards earned from the various 

contributions made to our various 
stakeholders and society.

sustainability strategy via  
the Group’s annual 
sustainability report.
•  Participation in local 

community projects focused 
on preservation of nature, 
including voluntary work with 
charities such as the Manx 
Wildlife Trust.

•  Various initiatives to raise 

awareness of environmental 
preservation.

•  Alignment with the UN’s 

Sustainable Development 
Goals.

•  Continued research and 
development of energy 
efficient kettles to reduce 
wasted energy.

•  Investment into plastic waste 
reducing products to reduce 
and eliminate the need for 
single-use bottles which end 
up in a landfill or part of the 
millions of tonnes of plastic  
in the oceans.

•  Ensuring availability of safe 
water and sanitation for all 
through the development of 
filtration products to enhance 
water quality, removing lead, 
bacteria and viruses.

47

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Risk management approach 

Effective management of risk is essential for delivering our strategic 
objectives. As such, risk management is built into our day-to-day  
activities and forms an integral part of how we operate.

Risk assessment
Risks are categorised as either strategic, 
financial, operational, reputational or 
compliance risks and are assessed on a 
residual basis according to the Board’s 
current view of their potential severity 
(being the combination of likelihood and 
consequence), assuming that existing 
controls in place are effective. 

Ongoing monitoring
Identified risks included within the Risk 
Register are reviewed periodically by the 
senior management team, and at least 
annually by the Board. The review includes 
an assessment of each risk to address any 
changes in circumstance, a reappraisal of 
the residual risk and the effectiveness of 
mitigating actions taken to date.

The Board recognises that there are risks 
and uncertainties that could have a material 
effect on the Group. Where the reduction or 
removal of the risk is not possible, the Group 
formulates a management action plan to 
respond to the risk should it materialise (e.g. 
the Business Continuity Plan). The Board 
agrees the appetite for risk, and endorses 
that of the senior management team.

New risks are added to the Register on 
identification, via a number of processes 
which seek to capture risks not already 
included on the Risk Register.

Risk appetite
To strengthen our competitive advantage 
and culture of innovation, the Board 
recognises that employees are encouraged 

to take considered risks that drive product 
innovation and support the growth 
potential of the business. 

The list below is not an exhaustive list of all 
risks that the Group faces. Our operating 
environment is subject to change, and new 
risks may arise, the potential impact of 
known risks may increase or decrease  
and/or our assessment of these risks may 
change. Included below is an explanation  
of how each risk is being mitigated. 

Principle risks are highlighted by a bold 
typeface, whilst less critical risks are 
highlighted in turquoise.

Risk heat map

i

n
a
t
r
e
C

l

y
e
k
L

i

l

i

e
b
s
s
o
P

63
8

7

9

5
12 13

4

1

2

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

l

y
e
k

i
l

n
U

e
r
a
R

10

11

Insignificant

Minor

Moderate

Major

Catastrophic

Consequence

48

Identify risk
The risks identified in the heat map 
highlight those risks which could have 
the greatest impact on the Group’s 
operations and viability.

1 

Reliance on key customers

2  Reliance on key suppliers

3  Competitors and  
market pressures

4  Raw material and commodity 

prices and general cost inflation

5 

6 

7 

External factors 

Foreign exchange risk

Business taxation

8  Disruption to supply chain

9 

Impact of COVID-19

10  New and existing  

manufacturing facilities

11  Reputational risks

12 

Intellectual property

13  Cybersecurity

Annual report and accounts 2021

Principal risks 

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Strategic risks

Reliance  
on key 
customers

Reliance on 
key suppliers 

Competitors 
and market 
pressures 

The Group has a number of key customer 
relationships, being some of the largest 
OEMs in the global market. The top ten 
customers contributed c.41% of the Group’s 
revenues in the financial year ended 
31 December 2021 (2020: c.55%), with the 
largest customer making up c.12% (2019: 
c.14%) of the Group’s revenues. The loss  
of any of these key customer relationships 
could have a material adverse effect on  
our business, financial position and results  
of operations.

The Group relies upon certain key suppliers, 
although dual source arrangements are in 
place across the supplier base. As a result, 
if alternative supply sources could not fulfil 
the required demand, the Group would be 
exposed to a number of risks, including the 
risk of supply disruption, the risk of key 
suppliers increasing prices and the risk of a 
key supplier suffering a quality issue which 
impacts upon the quality of the Group’s 
products. All of these risks, which apply 
across the marketplace, could have a 
negative impact on our business and, if 
required, the engagement of alternative 
suppliers may increase our cost base.

The Group operates in competitive and price 
sensitive markets, and a number of low-cost 
competitors exist that may attempt to 
increase their market share by undercutting 
Strix on pricing or launching new brands, 
amongst other tactics. If a significant shift in 
market pricing occurs and we are not able to 
mitigate this by reducing costs accordingly, 
the Group’s revenues and profitability may be 
negatively affected. The markets in which we 
operate in may become more price sensitive.

Movement:

•  We undertake regular dialogue with its key 
customers, building strong commercial  
and engineering relationships. 

•  We are fully integrated in the entire value 
chain for our key products and provides a 
number of value-added services to our 
customers to protect these key customer 
relationships.

•  We regularly review and manage key 

customer credit exposures. 

•  Dual sourcing where appropriate to reduce 

Movement:

dependence on single suppliers.

•  Monitoring of the financial and operational 

viability of key suppliers.

•  Ongoing monitoring of inventory levels to 
ensure availability in times of production 
volatility.
In-sourcing of production from our new 
manufacturing plant to reduce reliable on 
external suppliers, also thereby reducing 
overhead costs.

• 

Movement:

•  We constantly monitor our competitors and 
market trends to understand the dynamic 
forces which shape our competitive 
landscape.

•  We have undertaken a number of 

automation projects to mitigate the risk of 
labour cost inflation and reduce the costs  
of production wherever possible, 
particularly in China where the majority of 
our manufacturing employees are located.

•  We are active in a wide variety of markets 
across the world which provides some 
protection from targeted competitive 
activity in specific markets.

•  Careful management of our variable and 
fixed cost bases with a recent added 
advantage of the adoption of lean and 
automated manufacturing processes  
with in-sourcing of commodities from 
increased production capacity at the  
new manufacturing plant.

•  Targeted investment in engineering, and a 

commitment to lean manufacturing, quality 
and customer relationships.

49

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Principal risks continued

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Financial risks

Raw material 
and 
commodity 
prices and 
general cost 
inflation

External 
factors

We are also exposed to fluctuations in the 
prices of some raw materials, in particular 
copper and silver, as recently seen in major 
global supply chains in all industries due  
to remnant impacts of recovery from the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The Board monitor this 
closely and have put in place appropriate 
steps to mitigate the impact of this. However, 
a significant change in the cost of certain 
raw materials, particularly silver and copper,  
if sustained for a prolonged period may 
increase our material costs without 
necessarily allowing a corresponding 
increase in the sales price of our products, 
which could affect the Group’s margins and 
ultimate profitability.

Any change in the costs of operating the 
Group could impact profitability. Such cost 
increases could be incurred from increments 
in supplier costs (including, amongst other 
things, raw materials and energy costs, 
particularly electricity costs), employment 
costs or wage inflation, or increases in costs 
to be incurred due to regulatory change. 
Although such costs are accounted for, 
where these can be estimated, in future 
budgets for the Group, not all cost increases 
are capable of being estimated adequately  
in advance.

We continue to monitor the ever-changing 
political landscape with particular focus on 
the war in Ukraine, the US – China trade 
tensions and any spill-over effects of Brexit. 
Given the Group’s primary customers are 
kettle OEMs located in China, the disruption 
from these external factors is expected to be 
relatively muted. Due to the large degree of 
uncertainty and volatility in macroeconomic 
and geo-political landscapes, the Group is 
actively monitoring these situations and 
continues to review the Group’s risks.

•  We have undertaken a number of 

Movement:

automation projects to mitigate the risk  
of labour cost inflation and reduce the  
costs of production wherever possible, 
particularly in China where the majority of 
our manufacturing employees are located.

•  Careful management of our variable and 
fixed cost bases, with a recent added 
advantage of the adoption of lean and 
automated manufacturing processes with 
in-sourcing of commodities from increased 
production capacity at the new 
manufacturing plant.

•  As market leader we have the ability to 

undertake a price increase if the inflation  
of costs is prolonged and significant.
•  Forward procurement of commodities to 
secure future profits, and raw material 
purchasing policy of buying up to 12 months 
in advance for silver and copper, with prices 
already secured in 2021.

Movement:

•  The geographical spread of our business 
across the world limits our exposure to 
this risk.

•  Where required, we have increased stock 
levels to mitigate the risk of increased raw 
material and customer shipment lead times.

•  The Group is actively monitoring these 

situations and continues to review our risks, 
taking targeted actions where necessary.

50

Annual report and accounts 2021

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Financial risks continued

Movement:

• 

•  Our natural hedge by virtue of generating 
income and incurring costs in broadly 
balanced currencies is monitored by the 
finance function to detect any changes  
in this balance and make appropriate 
adjustments if required.
If risks are outside of tolerance, forward 
foreign currency exchange contracts can 
be entered into in order to mitigate the risk 
to an acceptable level. This was evident in 
2021 where we entered into USD/GBP and 
USD/EUR forward exchange rate contracts 
in order to limit the risk and impact of volatile 
exchange rate movements seen during the 
year on our group profits.

•  The amount of the Group’s cash in China  
is minimised in order to reduce the risk of 
any future inability to distribute profits  
or dividends. 

Foreign 
exchange risk

The Group has a natural hedge in place as our 
sales and costs are generally balanced across 
the various currencies in which we operate. 
However, the Group’s exposure to currency 
fluctuations inherently exists due to trading in 
foreign currency across multiple jurisdictions, 
and also due to the consolidation of foreign 
subsidiaries into the Group. The Group’s 
payments and receipts are predominantly  
in Pound Sterling (GBP), US Dollars (USD), 
Chinese Yuan (CNY), Euro (EUR) and Taiwan 
Dollars (TWD). Changes in the rates of foreign 
exchange against the GBP, the Group’s 
presentation currency, could adversely  
impact margins earned.

In addition, under the current regulations on 
foreign exchange control in China, foreign 
investment enterprises are allowed to 
distribute their profits or dividends in foreign 
currencies to foreign investors through 
designated foreign exchange banks without 
the prior approval of the State Administration 
for Foreign Exchange of China. However, the 
exchange of CNY into foreign currencies for 
capital items such as direct investment, loans 
and security investment, is subject to strict 
controls and requires the approval of the State 
Administration for Foreign Exchange of China. 
The distribution of the Group’s profits and 
dividends may be adversely affected if the 
Chinese Government imposes greater 
restriction on the ability of the CNY to be 
exchanged into foreign currencies. If there are 
any changes to the current regulations, there 
can be no assurance that we will be able to 
obtain sufficient foreign exchange to pay 
dividends or satisfy other foreign exchange 
requirements in the future.

Business 
taxation

Movement:

The Group currently operates across a 
number of jurisdictions in the world, each 
with different tax regimes. The risk arises 
from operating in countries where the tax 
regimes are likely to undergo significant 
change, and therefore there may be an 
unknown impact on the amount of business 
taxation that the Group is required to pay. 
The two main tax jurisdictions for the Group 
are Italy and China, with other tax jurisdiction 
for us in the UK, the US, Hong Kong, Spain 
and the Isle of Man. Particularly in China, the 
taxation laws are complex and subject to 
change, which may reduce the returns 
available to investors in the future. 

•  We actively monitor changes in the direction 
of legislation and regulation in China, and 
regularly engage with specialist tax 
consultants in the respective jurisdiction, 
where the highest risk of change exists.

•  A formal taxation review on our China 

operations was undertaken in 2018 in order 
to understand potential future changes and 
to put in place mitigating actions where 
appropriate. Following the review, we 
converted our contract processing model  
to an import processing model during 2019, 
meaning this risk was mitigated to a 
sufficiently low level in the prior and 
current years.

51

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Principal risks continued

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Operational risks

Disruption to 
supply chain 

The impact of recovery from the COVID-19 
pandemic has caused major global supply 
chain disruptions which have directly affected 
the Group in the current year, experienced in 
the form of possible disruptions to normal 
operations, and increased carriage, freight, 
shipping and transportation costs. Our 
operations facilitate the transfer and 
movement of commodities and goods across 
multiple jurisdictions, internally amongst the 
Group’s various production and distribution 
sites, and externally to and from customers 
and suppliers. Therefore, an inherent risk to 
the Group supply chain exists in the form of 
disruptions to operations from shortages of 
supplies, delays in deliveries, and increased 
costs of carriage and freight, all of which 
directly impact our underlying margins, 
profitability and performance. 

Impact of 
COVID-19

The COVID-19 situation is continuously 
evolving and we continue to monitor the 
impact of the pandemic on the Group, from 
both an operational and financial standpoint. 

The Group currently manufactures the 
majority of its products at its main 
manufacturing facility in Zengcheng,  
China, and also in Italy. From an operational 
standpoint, if COVID-19 is contracted by 
employees within our factory, this could lead 
to disruption within the manufacturing cycle 
and ultimately lead to capacity constraints  
in meeting customer demands. 

Any major disruption will put global supply 
chains at risk and could impact our ability to 
meet customer demand due to shortages/
downtime further down our supply chain  
and furthermore interrupt outbound  
logistics options. 

Movement:

NEW

Movement:

•  We have continuously been monitoring global 
supply chain trends in order to reasonably 
anticipate any hurdles, and thereby plan ahead to 
ensure minimal disruptions to normal operations, 
including seeking optimal shipping and 
transportation arrangements if necessary. 

•  We have successfully implemented price 

increases on some of our legacy products in both 
kettle controls and water categories and will also 
be implementing further increases across the 
wider range with effect from 1 May 2022, which will 
help to minimise the impact of any cost inflations.
•  Freight costs budgetary planning and analysis is 
done on a monthly basis to assess the global 
supply chain trends and any potential impacts on 
the Group’s operations and finances. 

•  Forward procurement of commodities to secure 
future profits, and raw material purchasing policy 
of buying up to 12 months in advance for silver 
and copper to ensure availability of stock for 
minimal disruptions to our operations. 

•  Adoption of lean and automated manufacturing 
processes with in-sourcing of commodities from 
increased production capacity at the new 
manufacturing plant.

•  Dual sourcing where appropriate to reduce 
dependence on single suppliers or supply 
chain routes.

•  We are continuously monitoring the impact  
of COVID-19 from both an operational and 
financial standpoint. 

•  We have put in place numerous preventative 
measures at all sites, emphasising workplace 
hygiene, including making medical supplies  
such as face masks, thermometers and hand 
sanitisers readily available as well as 
implementing workforce rotas when necessary 
to ensure social distancing is maintained  
and manufacturing operations are not  
disrupted significantly through loss of  
staff to illness/isolation.

•  We have created an emergency response team 

and released guidance to all employees 
stipulating best practices and mitigating the 
spread of misinformation.

•  We used our HaloSource product within the 
sterilisation zone at the factory entrance to 
enhance our preventative measures.

•  We have aligned IT systems to support evolving 

working requirements. 

•  Global vaccination efforts are progressing  

well in alleviating the severity of  
COVID-19-related illness.

52

Annual report and accounts 2021

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Operational risks continued

New and 
existing 
manufacturing 
facilities 

In addition to facilities in the Isle of Man and 
Italy, we recently completed the construction 
of our new factory in Zengcheng, China, and 
currently manufactures the majority of our 
products at this new manufacturing facility. If 
for any reason, including product mix changes, 
a capacity constraint is created, or should the 
operations at this and the other sites become 
disrupted for whatever reason (or reasons), 
and/or the Group is unable to find suitable 
alternative manufacturing sites, our ability  
to meet the demands of its customers  
could be affected. Any of the above could 
negatively impact the Group’s relationships 
with its customers.

Reputational risks

Reputation 
with 
customer 
base

The Group’s reputation for and delivery of 
high-quality products with high standards  
of safety is key to a number of direct and 
indirect customers in choosing Strix 
products. Should we suffer product quality 
or safety issues, leading to a negative impact 
on its reputation with customers, future 
performance could be significantly impaired.

•  The new factory features automated 

Movement:

functionality and increased manufacturing 
capacity and it has been constructed in  
a modular way in order to reduce the risk 
posed by any potential disruptions. 

•  We have put in place preventative measures 

at all operational sites including fire 
suppression and prevention systems, 
periodic health and safety training for staff 
and implementation of alternative energy 
sources to ensure continuity in the event  
of any disruption to normal power supplies.

•  A detailed recovery plan has been 

documented as part of the Group’s Business 
Continuity Plan which is overseen by the 
recovery management team. Procedures 
relate to communications and information 
exchange, recovery process phase, clean-up 
process, pollution prevention, and restoration 
(including insurance claims and 
compensations). Restoration procedures 
include plan maintenance, back-ups, testing 
and emergency sources of power generation.

•  Robust engineering design and validation 

Movement:

processes from initial design and 
development through production and 
into service. 

•  High levels of quality assurance are 
embedded in robust manufacturing 
systems. 

•  Engagement with external certification 
bodies in order to ensure our products  
have already passed certification with  
key standard setting bodies.

Compliance risks

Intellectual 
property

The Group relies on a combination of 
patents, design registrations, trademarks, 
trade secrets, copyright, and other 
contractual agreements and technical 
measures to protect its proprietary 
intellectual property rights. Our success  
will in part depend on its ability to establish, 
protect and enforce proprietary  
rights relating to the development, 
manufacture, use or sale of its existing  
and proposed products.

•  The Group vigorously defends our key 
intellectual property in order to derive  
the maximum economic benefit from our 
portfolio of intellectual property assets.

•  We actively monitor new products 

introduced in markets where intellectual 
property protection is in place to ensure  
our designs and trademarks are not  
being infringed and where they are, 
restitution sought.

Movement:

53

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Principal risks continued

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Compliance risks continued

Cyber 
security

Cyber security risks include risks from 
malware and ransomware attacks by third 
parties in an attempt to gain unauthorised 
access to our IT systems. The Group’s 
operations are heavily reliant on IT 
infrastructure. Therefore, any unauthorised 
access could result in disruptions to our 
operations, loss of data, breach of privacy, 
and loss of assets and funds. 

Movement:

•  Deploying security tools to limit the impact 
and spread of ransomware, including the 
use of endpoint security systems to monitor 
and secure entry and end-points to our full 
IT infrastructure. 

•  Ensuring firewalls and anti-virus software 
are robust and up-to-date to block any 
potential attacks.

•  Extensive training and awareness rolled out 
to all employees, including strong insistence 
and extensive communications at all staff 
levels in the whole Group of IT security 
potential risks and entry points, and 
measures to be taken to ensure 
consequences are minimised.

•  Should a cyber incident occur, such as one 
the Group experienced in February 2022,  
we have a detailed recovery plan that has 
been documented as part of the Group’s 
Business Continuity Plan which is overseen 
by the recovery management team. 
Procedures relate to communications and 
information exchange, recovery process 
phase and restoration (including insurance 
claims and compensations). Restoration 
procedures include planned maintenance, 
back-ups and testing. 

•  Further strengthening of Disaster Recovery 

(DR) plans to ensure that different 
geographical locations may continue  
if breach occurred elsewhere.

54

Annual report and accounts 2021

Capital Allocation Framework

Strix’s Capital Allocation Framework is used to prioritise the use of cash generated 
by the Group. Our framework addresses the investment needs of the business, 
regular dividend payments and additional returns to shareholders. The framework 
also seeks to maintain an appropriate capital structure and a robust balance sheet. 

Operating capital 
expenditure

Progressive 
dividend policy

Value accretive 
acquisitions

Conservative 
balance sheet

In line with the 
communicated dividend 
policy, the Group declared 
a dividend growth of 6% 
from the dividend per share 
declared in 2020. 

The Group has 
demonstrated a 
progressive dividend  
policy since IPO which 
demonstrates our  
strong cash generation 
and high return on capital 
employed (ROCE).

The Group continues 
to seek the acquisition of 
technologies that will add 
further strategic value 
across the Group and has  
a buoyant pipeline of 
opportunities it is tracking 
closely. Following the 
successful integration of 
LAICA, we are now actively 
considering a number  
of potential acquisition 
targets.

The Group has 
invested heavily in 
production automation 
since IPO to increase 
production volumes, 
quality control, efficiency 
and reliability whilst 
managing to control rising 
labour costs in China.

The new manufacturing 
operations in China are 
now fully operational, were 
delivered on time and to 
budget, with increased 
efficiencies and further 
in-sourcing expected to 
have a positive effect  
on margins. Production 
efficiency has been 
improved, with 73% of  
all assembly lines now  
fully automated.

The Group operates a 
stable, recurring and 
resilient business model 
which benefits from high 
ROCE and a high proportion 
of cash in advance 
payment terms. This helps 
us to limit the risk of 
non-payment and working 
capital fluctuations.

At year end, the Group’s net 
debt had increased to 
£51.2m to fund the LAICA 
acquisition, continued 
investment in compelling 
growth opportunities,  
as well as the new 
manufacturing operations 
in China. This represents a 
net debt/adjusted EBITDA 
ratio (calculated on a 
trailing 12-month basis)  
of 1.3x (2020: 1.0x).

As at 31 March 2021, the 
Group continues to have 
significant available 
liquidity, consisting of  
cash and undrawn  
facilities of £17.0m. 

Strix has applied its Capital Allocation Framework during 2021 as follows: 

•  Funded the final phase of 
the construction of the 
new factory within 
Zengcheng district, 
China, for £4.7m. Total 
factory project was 
completed on time and  
to budget and the new 
factory is now fully 
operational as of 
August 2021.

• 

In 2021, the Group 
declared a final dividend 
of 5.60p per share 
following the 2.75p interim 
dividend paid in October 
2021, bringing the full year 
dividend to 8.35p, 
representing a 6% growth 
from 2020, in line with  
our dividend policy to 
increase the dividend in 
line with underlying 
earnings.

•  Paid additional 

•  Funded net working 

consideration of £1.6m 
cash for the acquisition  
of LAICA, which continues 
to be successfully 
integrated in line with the 
Group’s plan to achieve 
the identified benefits 
and synergies, with 
strong trading 
performance in the first 
full year post-acquisition. 

capital movements worth 
£11.4m resulting from 
increased stock holdings 
at year end due to 
forward procurement of 
commodities to secure 
future profits, and 
increased debtors due to 
increased revenues and 
also VAT receivables to be 
reclaimed in FY 2022/23.

55

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Sustainable investing

 ‘Strix has always looked to strive for the highest business ethos  
and standards. I am particularly excited about our target to achieve 
net zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023, significantly ahead of the Paris 
Agreement’s 1.5°C roadmap, and sitting alongside our ambitious 
operational objectives such as doubling sales in five years.’

Mark Bartlett
CEO

Strix is an environmentally conscious 
organisation, which minimises the impact  
of its operations on the environment. The 
Group fully complies with all applicable legal 
and other compliance obligations, whilst  
at all times striving for best practice and 
adhering to applicable standards issued  
by the International Organization for 
Standardization (ISOs).

Management 
The Chief Executive remains a key driver for 
our sustainability journey, with the support 
of key executive management, and with 
Board representation through our 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(‘ESG’) Committee led by Richard Sells,  
Non-Executive Director. 

Integration of LAICA
Strix’s sustainability structure, reporting 
and newly established KPIs will be rolled out 
to LAICA. Early benefits are already being 
seen with our drive to ‘net zero’ which LAICA 
management has embraced, including 
options for renewable electricity and 
potential development for solar generation 
already well advanced. In terms of 
certifications, LAICA has ISO 9001 (Quality) 
and ISO 13485 (Medical Instrumentation), 
with roll out of ISO 50001 (Energy 
Management), ISO 14001 (Environmental) 
and ISO 45001 (Health & Safety) planned  
for 2022/23.

LAICA’s speciality in water filtration has 
contributed significantly to the Group 
sustainability strategy, adding valuable 

input with regards to reduction of water 
consumption, recycling and reduction in 
product packaging, as well as through its 
social projects, especially for women and 
children.

Sustainability KPIs
During 2021, Strix focused on a core set of 
sustainability key performance indicators 
(‘KPIs’) with targets and associated action 
plans. Our target for net zero Scope 1 & 2 
emissions by 2023 demonstrates our level 
of ambition. The Group has aligned its 
strategy towards sustainability within the 
core business activities with the UN’s 
Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’), 
and we have honed our key sustainability 
KPIs through mapping of the identified 
SDGs. Our strategy and progress are 
measured against the following KPIs: 

Climate action 

Resource intensity

Waste & recycling

Clean water and 
sanitation

Health & safety

Gender equality 
and employees

Innovation

Scope 1 & 2 emissions emanate primarily from our manufacturing plants, especially 
the new facility in China. Our goal is to achieve 97% of this through reduction of our 
own emissions with less than 3% from carbon offsets. This will be achieved through 
use a combination of solar and renewable energy which will provide required energy.

We are developing a range of programmes to reduce our Scope 1 emissions, 
including a move to electric cars in China and the Isle of Man. Our targets are 
focused on intensity as we see this more appropriate than absolute levels as  
the business grows.

Focus is on implementing ISO 50001 and ISO 45001 certification across the key 
manufacturing sites.

We have developed a pathway to reduce waste, increase recycling and retain  
zero landfill.

We have developed a pathway to reduce internal water consumption, particularly  
in testing, and established HaloPure in the poultry and livestock sectors, whilst 
maximising on LAICA/Strix complementary product opportunities.

We will continue to work to promote the gender diversity of the Group’s senior 
management team.

New product roadmap is orientated towards sustainability and interconnectivity 
capabilities which LAICA brings.

56

Annual report and accounts 2021

The pillars in detail

Solutions for sustainable living 
Our mission
To develop products that reduce the impact on the environment, 
particularly reduction in energy consumption in our key kettle 
market, and promote benefits to customers.

Promote customer wellbeing 
Our mission
Our efforts are encompassed within Strix’s company motto of 
‘safer by design’ as we look to improve the wellbeing of our end 
users through our entire product range.

How do Strix products help to achieve this?
Kettle controls
•  Relative to the most common alternative forms of boiling water, we 

estimate that Strix kettle control products save c.5 billion kg CO2 a year, 
which is equivalent to emissions from 1 million cars. 

•  Global kettle penetration from 38% to 50% would save c.14 billion kg  

of CO2 a year.

•  Two second saving in steam switch off time would save 44GWh p.a., 

equivalent to £9m every year in the UK alone.

•  US kettle penetration from 14% to 50% would save 6,600GWh p.a.
•  New product roadmap for kettle controls has been reassessed in 
2020/21 with a broader remit on sustainability to assist in further 
improving the environmental footprint of kettles through various 
technologies such as switch-off accuracy, smaller switch size,  
and dry-boil switch-off. 

Water
•  We sold c.10.1 million filter units in 2021 equivalent to saving 1 billion 

single-use plastic bottles.

•  Aqua Optima filters are 100% recyclable in an initiative with TerraCycle. 
•  We have taken our filtration technology and developed an industrial 

purification system through the HaloPure brand.

Appliances
•  New Dual Flo appliance will address c.£300 million wasted on boiling 

excess water p.a. in the UK alone.

•  Aurora Beverage Station comprises a kettle, chiller and filter jug, all in 

one appliance with precise water volume delivery which avoids energy 
wasted in boiling/chilling excess water.

•  Our new product roadmap has been reappraised to ensure alignment 

with Strix’s sustainability driven strategy.

How do Strix products help to achieve this?
Kettle controls
•  As the market leader in controls and with a reputation for safety, Strix 
has a long running policy of highlighting issues with both regulators 
and distributors. Our expertise has led to unsafe competitor 
product recalls and withdrawal of kettles from sale in Chile, Bulgaria, 
Sweden and Germany over the last few years incorporating four 
European Rapid Exchange of Information (‘RAPEX’) alerts.

Water
•  Our specialist water filtration offerings improve the quality of water for 
human consumption by removal of lead and contaminants, as well 
as within livestock farming by eliminating bacteria and viruses 
through the use of its bromine technology. 
Improved quality of water offers health benefits for consumers 
significantly reducing the amount of unwanted substances found in 
water such as the removal of micro plastics, limescale, chlorine, 
heavy metals, herbicides and pesticides. 

• 

Appliances
• 

In baby care, the Tommee Tippee Perfect Prep machine offers not  
only perfect temperature baby milk but the initial hot shot system 
ensures the cleanliness and quality of the final product. The energy 
used in the Perfect Prep machine is 10x less than that of the 
traditional formula preparation methods, which includes kettle 
heating and cooling bottles under water.

•  The new Aurora Beverage Station encourages sustainable thinking  
in our end consumers, addressing the biggest energy wastage of 
over-filling kettles by delivering the exact quantity of hot of chilled 
water required at the precise temperature required. 

•  The Aqua Optima Evolve+ filtration systems and chilling promote the 
use of refillable plastic bottles helping to reduce the waste from 
single-use bottles whilst the filters are recyclable through our 
partnership with TerraCycle. The system even has a number of  
safety features such as a child safety locking system.

•  Through the LAICA brand, we offer appliances aimed at improving 

customer wellbeing in the home. These include medical devices such 
as nebulisers, blood pressure monitors and thermometers. For food 
safety and hygiene, products include low temperature vacuum 
cooking appliances and scales to assist in personal dietary control.  
All of this is in addition to the core water filtration business.

We have focused on a core set of sustainable 
KPIs with targets and associated action plans. 
Our target for net zero Scope 1 & 2 emissions  
by 2023 demonstrating our level of ambition.

57

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Sustainable investing continued

Doing more with less 
Our mission
This encompasses our internal operations and final product 
design. We look to reduce the overall manufactured product 
footprint, taking into account the total corporate footprint 
including materials, production, waste and Company 
infrastructure. 

How does Strix plan to achieve this?
The Group has a number of schemes and strategies to improve this 
performance including: 
•  Our next generation 3-Pole control, which is designed to be suitable 
for all markets (Regulated, Less Regulated and China), has been 
designed to save 27%-30% materials in the production process.
•  We have been trialling Correx packaging for internal supplies from the 
Isle of Man to China. This more durable packaging will increase reuse 
by 10x and adds little to no cost or carbon footprint on the empty 
return trip, utilising vacant container space which the Company 
already has.

•  As part of the Group’s ‘Lean Initiative’ scheme, we have updated the 

blade production process from a ‘Shake’ method to an upgraded ‘Auto 
Ultrasonic’ process resulting in a 75% reduction in contamination 
liquid used. All contamination liquid is professionally removed from  
the factory by an environmental protection company.

•  We have focused on reducing resource intensity by engineering out 
precious and semi-precious metals with a reduction of silver and 
copper consumption in five years by 85% (equivalent to 2 tonnes) 
and 10%, respectively. 
Increased automation and in-sourcing in our new manufacturing 
plant, which has brought with it significant production benefits  
such as improved layout, reduced transportation and improving  
overall efficiency.

• 

•  The energy recovery system implemented at our headquarters on  
the Isle of Man now recycles the excess heat energy from our  
water testing into heating the building.

•  Marked decrease in business travel emissions due to the global 
lockdowns and travel restrictions due to COVID-19. Our carbon 
footprint from business travel will inevitably be lower going forward. 
Increased active internal response highlighting our enhanced  
focus on reducing emissions since the start of our sustainability 
journey, the most visible of which has been the start of the use of 
electric vehicles in China.

• 

•  We have now been certified in line with ISO 50001 Energy 

Management in its key sites and has embedded the corporate 
targets and the culture and methodology for continuous 
improvement.

•  Our new factory is ISO 14001 Environmental accredited and the 
factory’s operations are powered by solar energy, which covers  
up to 10% of required energy. 

 ‘Strix continues to improve its 
current product portfolio and 
look to introduce new, innovative 
products into the market.’

Richard Sells
Non-Executive Director

58

Wellbeing and equality in the workplace 
Our mission
Employee equality, welfare and engagement are critical for 
developing our key asset. We look to proactive actions including 
internal training, certifications (relevant ISOs), and employee 
engagement through listening, survey and involvement.

How does Strix plan to achieve this?
Diversity
•  Age, colour, race, gender, disability, ethnic origin, national origin, 

marital status, sexual orientation, religious or political views are not 
seen as barriers to employment and are evidenced in the Group’s 
diverse employment base. We are committed to providing equal 
opportunities for individuals in all aspects of employment. We have  
a broad diversity with females making up 60% of the overall Group 
workforce and management and Board representation at 26.6%  
and 20%, respectively.

Development
•  As a group, who is proud of its innovators, we remain committed to 
investing in our workforce, which is evidenced by the increasing 
number of interns we take on globally every year, the apprenticeship 
programmes we are involved in and educational support we offer to 
our employees.
In 2021, we introduced a new e-learning platform, which provides  
a wide range of online-based training and learning to employees 
covering numerous essential topics from compliance, health and 
safety, leadership and coaching, personal effectiveness as well  
as technical learning specific to employees’ roles.

• 

Health & Safety
•  We help our employees work safely and productively, empowering 
them to maintain a strong health and safety culture at all of our  
global facilities/offices through continuous review of our policies, 
global offering of flu vaccinations, training and closely monitoring  
lost time accidents.

•  We were pleased with our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
maintaining employee health and safety. In line with Chinese 
requirements, our plant operations increased testing and specialist 
sterilisation, where we were able to use the Group’s HaloPure 
patented technology, and changed shift patterns. All this was 
achieved with minimal disruption to operations.

Employee engagement
•  We operate a culture of open communication through a range  
of mediums including: a global intranet platform; newsletters;  
Town Hall meetings; ‘Pulse of the Business’ lunches with the CEO;  
and employee surveys.

Ethical behaviour
•  We have a number of defined policies in place to cover anti-slavery, 
anti-human trafficking, anti-corruption and anti-bribery, with a 
zero-tolerance policy against violations.

Employee wellbeing
•  We have implemented a new employee assistance programme which 

provides counselling and expert support on personal, physical, 
financial or social issues.

Annual report and accounts 2021

Community engagement 
Our mission
Strengthening our position as a global, 
socially responsible employer, reinforcing 
our corporate culture and employee pride in 
our positive contribution to all of our local 
communities across the Group. 

How does Strix plan to  
achieve this?
•  Our employees are actively involved in the 

activities that benefit their local 
communities. In the wider Isle of Man 
community, we provide charity support in 
the form of funds, repurposed products and 
staff time, and career guidance, mentorship 
and development for young people through 
Junior Achievement programmes and 
participation within the Isle of Man Chamber 
of Commerce STEM Committee. Through 
LAICA, Strix supports various charities such 
as Surgery For Children, B.I.R.D. Europe 
Foundation Onlus and Rise Against Hunger.

Governance 
Our mission
Continue to embed our values into our 
culture which are fundamental to our 
business, specifically diversity and inclusion. 

How does Strix plan to achieve this?
•  The tone is set at the top. Our decision-

making process is governed by the principles 
of ethics, integrity and respect for our people 
and for the environment. Reinforced by our 
Board’s continued commitment to support 
the successful oversight of Strix’s business 
strategy, which is essential for maximising 
long-term value creation for our 
shareholders. 

Significant importance 
and effort is assigned 
to certification to 
ensure the highest 
possible standards are 
maintained throughout 
the Group’s operations.

Supply chain 
Our mission
Communicate sustainable practices to all 
of our direct suppliers, in line with the 
Responsible Business Alliance (‘RBA’). 

How does Strix plan to  
achieve this?
•  70% of our suppliers have signed up to our 
Responsible Business Alliance (RBA) 
requirements. We regularly audit our 
suppliers on compliance with our Company 
policy and adherence to ISO standards,  
as well as their ESG performance.

•  Our key production facility as well as our new 

facility in Guangzhou, China, providing 
proximity to our key customer base with 
c.93% of all kettles manufactured in China, 
thereby reducing transportation costs, 
delays and emissions. 

Certifications 
Our mission
Continued compliance with a range of 
international standards, solidifying the 
quality and safety of our products and 
internal processes. 

How does Strix plan to  
achieve this?
• 

ISO Quality Assurance Provider, Intertek,  
has awarded both of our Isle of Man locations 
a ‘Benchmark’ score within all six ISO 
categories, representing the highest  
ISO standards available. Our new 
manufacturing facility also gained 
certification for ISO 14001 Environmental 
accreditation, and ISO 50001 Energy 
Management within six months of  
becoming fully operational. 

Our new Duality appliance  
will address

Global kettle penetration from  
38% to 50% would save 

c.£300m 

14bn kg CO2

wasted on boiling excess water p.a. 
in the UK

of energy p.a.

Strix sold c.10 million filters in 
2021 equating to 

US kettle penetration from  
14% to 50% would save 

c.1bn 

6.6bn kWh 

single-use plastic bottles

of energy p.a.

Gender diversity 

26.6%

management representation

Two second saving in steam  
switch off time would save 

1% energy 

or 44GWh or £9m p.a. in the  
UK alone

59

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Strix Group Plc

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)

Governance

Board oversight
Risk is assessed by the full Board reflecting 
the weighting which the Directors place on 
climate issues, the relative size of the Board 
and scale of the Group. The climate-related 
elements are strengthened through 
Richard Sells, Non-Executive Director, 
having additional responsibility for 
sustainability oversight. Along with the CEO 
they provide the key conduit from the 
operations to the Board. Board meetings 
are held six times a year with sustainability, 
including climate-related issues, both 
opportunities and risk, a constant agenda 
item. Climate risks are consolidated into the 
annual Operational Board Risk Committee 
review for the Group.

Management’s role
The Operations Board provides the key 
executive management forum for climate 
change and sustainability. It is chaired by 
the CEO, Mark Bartlett and includes 
personnel responsible for engineering, 
commercial, technology, health & safety, 
human resources and finance. In terms  
of climate risk matters, Matt Thomas, 
Divisional Operations Director, has a key role 
in respect to climate change, responsible 
for assimilating climate-related data. 
Climate opportunities for new products are 
again prioritised across the Operations 
Board and led by the Group’s CTO, Ceyda 
Gibson. Management is supported by 
external experts as necessary and 
undertake training when required. In 2021 
the Board undertook workshops in 
Sustainable Development Goals and 
associated target and key performance 
indicator (‘KPI’)setting. 

Strategy

Climate-related risks and opportunities

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Extreme 
weather events

There is a risk of physical damage to property, 
plant, machinery and equipment as a result  
of flooding, storms, heatwaves, snow storms 
and other extreme weather events across  
the Group’s various locations. Note that 
Zengcheng, Guangzhou (where the Group’s 
main factory is located) rarely sees typhoon 
conditions due to its inland location although 
extreme wind conditions were recorded in 
2015, therefore such a risk has been included.

Business 
disruptions 

There is risk that manufacturing operations  
will be halted due to physical damage from 
extreme weather occurrences at locations 
where our factories are based in (Isle of Man, 
China and Italy)

The new Chinese factory is designed to withstand the 
local conditions, free from temporary structures such 
as tin sheet roofing. Notification will normally come 
from the local government and/or media outlets 
meaning time to make any additional arrangements  
to reduce risk and reduce potential loss. If weather 
systems transpire to give an increased likelihood of 
flooding, information would be readily available from 
local government or media outlets allowing for enough 
time to put in place flood defences such as sand bags. 
We also have the opportunity to move critical 
equipment/materials/supplies to a higher floor. 

A detailed recovery plan has been documented as  
part of the Group’s Business Continuity Plan which  
is overseen by the recovery management team. 
Procedures relate to communications and information 
exchange, recovery process phase, clean-up process, 
pollution prevention, and restoration (including 
insurance claims and compensations). Restoration 
procedures include plan maintenance, back-ups, 
testing and emergency sources of power generation.

60

Annual report and accounts 2021

Climate-related risks and opportunities continued

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

There is risk of significant financial outlays in 
accessibility to renewable energy, particularly 
at the Group’s main manufacturing plant in 
China given the Chinese climate commitments. 
To become carbon neutral through purchasing 
carbon credits would cost the Group over  
£1m a year at current pricing levels rising to  
over £6m by 2050 (depending on the level  
of Chinese grid decarbonisation) using 
Network for Greening the Financial System 
(NGFS) pricing scenarios aligned with the  
Paris Agreement.

As a result of measures introduced during the 
Paris Agreement, various jurisdictions resolved 
to take measures to curb carbon emissions 
through implementing and enforcing policies 
relating to climate change in order to achieve 
low-carbon economies. These policies might 
directly impact our position and operations in 
order to be aligned to achieving the stated 
objective relating to climate change. 

This is mitigated by the Group avoiding purchase of 
carbon credits and achieving its ESG strategic KPI of 
net zero Scope 1 & 2 emissions by 2023. Over 10% of 
the new factory’s energy is now powered by solar 
energy, with the remaining energy consumption from 
renewable energy sources starting in 2022. All of the 
energy in our Isle of Man office and factory is from 
renewable energy sources. Plans are underway  
for solar installations to provide 100% of required 
electricity at LAICA by 2022/23. Financial impacts have 
been included in our budgeting process and forecasts.

Strix is targeting net zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023.  
In addition, management is targeting 5% improvement 
in energy intensity (energy use to sales) each year to 
further reduce risk. Supply chains carry significant risk 
which, along with analysis of Scope 3 emissions, are a 
focus for 2022/23. 

As a manufacturing and engineering group, 
technological changes relating to energy-
saving, low-carbon transportation, and 
increasing use of non-fossil fuels or other 
technologies that help reduce carbon 
emissions are needed to meet policy goals, 
which would therefore involve changes to 
current existing manufacturing processes and 
technologies that could be more expensive. 

We continue our drive in the use of automation.  
This requires greater energy usage but has other 
significant benefits in improving quality, reducing 
scrap, etc. Combined with the use of renewable power, 
management see such a shift as a double win in terms 
of sustainability. In addition, the new factory has been 
successfully audited and certified to ISO 9001,  
ISO 14001, ISO 45001 with added ISO 50001 to the 
certification portfolio.

Financial outlay 
for accessibility 
to renewable 
energy

Climate policies

Changes to 
technologies on 
manufacturing 
processes to 
align to climate 
change goals

Climate 
opportunities

National governments are pledging to 
decarbonise energy consumption requiring  
a shift toward renewables, and therefore 
electricity as the primary source of power. 
There is also increasing legislation on 
efficiency labelling and recycling.

Increased 
investor 
scrutiny

There is increased focus on climate change by 
our equity investors and other stakeholders. 
This is evidenced by the rise in ESG funds and 
the drive to provide consolidated emissions 
transparency for individual funds.

Kettles are the most efficient method of boiling water 
and use electricity, hence are likely to benefit from  
the decarbonisation shift. As the technology leader 
regulation tends to be positive for Strix. The full 
portfolio of kettle switches to appliances is 
increasingly configured around the opportunities  
for power saving and carbon reduction.

We target to achieve net zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023  
will put it firmly in the best-in-class for environmental 
emissions for industrial companies. Our ambition 
remains, as does our drive for continuous 
improvement, hence our focus now towards Scope 3 
and 4 emissions and expansion of our overall 
sustainability agenda. Our sustainability report 
provides full transparency to all stakeholders.

61

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

Impact on the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy and  
financial planning
In terms of risk, Strix has developed a range 
of business contingency plans, including 
detailed recovery strategies for all 
manufacturing operations. Our kettle 
switches are key to the most efficient 
method of boiling water which should 
provide benefit from rising energy prices 
and the shift from alternative fuels, e.g.  
gas to electricity. New developments such 
as Aurora and Dual Flo are designed to 
produce single servings to provide greater 
efficiency and reduce waste. Similarly,  
our water category will offer solutions for 
tightening water supplies and reductions  
in plastic usage and waste. These trends 
are driving the direction of our new product 
development with R&D expected to grow 
alongside the business remaining at  
around 5% of sales.

Resilience of the  
organisation’s strategy
Strix scenario analysis is still in development 
with the aim to be completed in the 2022 
financial year. Our current assessment has 
been based on the Paris Agreement 1.5°C 
scenario. Management see little likelihood 
of negative impact on Group assets but  
are working on its resilience, in particular 
suppliers and supply chains which are 
relatively lengthy. From a risk operations 

perspective Strix has developed a range of 
business contingency plans, including 
detailed recovery strategies for all 
manufacturing operations. A key risk to our 
‘net zero strategy’ is access to renewable 
energy (electricity) supply to our key 
manufacturing plants, particularly China.  
To counter such risks Strix has invested 
£600k in a solar system in China which will 
provide over 10% of the electricity supply 
required and signed long-term contracts  
for renewable energy. A similar strategy  
has been implemented in Isle of Man and  
will be implemented in Italy over 2022/23.

Risk management

Identifying and assessing  
climate-related risks 
Internal research and external assistance  
is combined to provide a full understanding 
of the potential risk avenues and 
opportunities. Input is garnered from across 
the Group’s operations as well as externally 
from customers and suppliers – a process 
which will accelerate as work on Scope 3 
emissions expands. These risks are 
incorporated into our risk software. The 
Group assesses the potential financial 
implication where appropriate and the  
cost of mitigation. This is best evidenced in 
the solar and renewable power purchase 

agreements in China. Neither were the 
lowest cost option of the status quo  
but provided additional sustainability  
and risk mitigation.

Managing climate-related  
risks and opportunities 
Risks are managed relative to the likelihood 
and potential severity to the Group. Hence, 
the global shift to reduce emissions is 
highly likely (or happening) and hence our 
accelerated actions in this area. Weather- 
related impact has been assessed and a 
more measured approach of a contingency 
plan and insurance applied to reflect the 
level of risk and mitigate potential impact. 
Opportunities follow a similar pattern  
based on the scale of the opportunity and  
a set of metrics of internal measures to 
assess our ability to compete/benefit  
from such avenues.

Climate-related risk integration
We see climate change as ‘business as 
usual’ and part of the ongoing environment 
in which the company operates. In addition, 
whilst complex, we are a small business 
with short lines of communication. As a 
consequence, climate risk has been a focus 
for the Group over the last couple of years 
but is increasingly integrated into the 
policies and structure already established 
under our operating model. 

Metrics and targets 

Key metrics used 
Key carbon emissions measures at present 
are Scope 1 & 2 and business travel in the 
Scope 3 category. These have been 
calculated using the GHG Protocol, which is 
the internationally recognised standard for 
corporate carbon reporting. Absolute and 
intensity (per £m) are used. Historically, the 
Group has used ‘location based’ analysis. 
Going forward a ‘market based’ approach 
will also be included. Moving forward, 
2022/23 will see significant work 
undertaken on our Scope 3 emissions, 
particularly the upstream element.

62

Disclosures

Scope 1

Scope 2

Total Scope 1 & 2 (location based)

Scope 3

Energy usage

Scope 1 & 2

Energy 

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

2019

187 

5,912 

8,118 

1,014 

2020

107 

5,269 

7,396 

93 

2021

55 

7,401 

9,477 

6 

MWh

12,160 

10,569 

14,840 

tCO₂e/£m

MWh/£m

63.0

116

56.4

106

62.2

122

Targets
Strix is targeting net zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023 predominantly (over 95%) due to the 
removal of the use of fossil fuels. In addition, management is targeting 5% improvement 
in energy intensity (energy use to sales) each year to further reduce risk. Supply  
chains carry significant risk and, along with analysis of Scope 3 emissions, are a focus 
for 2022. 2021 is the base year for targets, see above and left for recent performance 
and explanation of trends.

Annual report and accounts 2021

Responsible business

Through one or more key pillars of our sustainability strategy, 
the Group’s mission is to strengthen its position as a global, 
socially responsible employer, reinforcing our corporate 
culture and employee pride by positive contribution to  
all of our local communities across the Group. 

All of these policies are reviewed and 
updated periodically to ensure they remain 
fit for purpose, take into account evolving 
risks, and are specific to the locations in 
which the Group operates.

Social contribution
At Strix, we support a number of social 
causes, both on the Isle of Man and  
further afield. This includes sponsorship 
and charitable fundraising, 
apprenticeships, internships and 
educational support, involvement in  
Isle of Man business networks and 
environmental sustainability projects. 

As a group which is proud of its innovators, 
Strix is committed to help support and 
invest in our workforce of engineers and 
leaders for the 21st century. In the Isle of 
Man, our efforts are centred around helping 
the Island’s young people gain the essential 
skills they need to start successful careers, 
for example internship and graduate 
recruitment schemes, participation in 
graduate fairs, and mentorship for 
programmes such as the Junior 
Achievement network. 

Corporate Social Responsibility
Embedded in Strix’s long-term growth 
strategy is an emphasis on balancing the 
interests of our customers, shareholders, 
employees, suppliers, regulators and the 
communities in which we operate. 
Management of the Group’s impact on 
society, the communities within which it 
operates and the environment are key 
factors in the Group’s strategy for  
success and in the practice of good 
corporate governance.

Strix’s long history has enabled it to  
develop a good understanding of its key 
stakeholders which supports the Board and 
senior management to make well-informed 
business decisions to deliver on our 
strategic objectives. We hold regular 
discussions with key stakeholders to 
maintain these key relations which in many 
cases have been in place for decades.

Employees
The Group currently employs 850+  
people in nine international locations and  
is committed to a strategy built around  
the foundations of recruitment and 
on-boarding, training and development, 
engagement and retention, reward and 
recognition, and people policies. The Group 
believes that the development and 
retention of talent is important to achieve 
the long-term strategic goals of the 
business. Employees are therefore 
encouraged and supported to undertake 
ongoing training to develop their skills and 
reach full potential. In 2021, the Group 
introduced a new e-learning platform, 
which provides a wide range of online  
based training and learning to employees 
covering numerous essential topics from 
compliance, health and safety, leadership 
and coaching, personal effectiveness,  
as well as technical learning specific to 
employees’ roles.

Age, colour, race, gender, disability, ethnic 
origin, national origin, marital status, sexual 
orientation, religious or political views are 
not seen as barriers to employment and  
are evidenced by the Group’s diverse 
employment base. The Group is committed 
to providing equal opportunities for 
individuals in all aspects of employment.

The Group operates a culture of open 
communication through a range of 
mediums including: a global intranet 
platform, newsletters, ‘Think Twice’ and 
‘Lean Initiative’ schemes. Employee 
engagement encourages ideas aimed at 
maintaining a culture and way of working  
for continuous improvement, specifically 
rethinking the current performance of 
processes and ways in which these can be 
repurposed for the better. In addition, the 
Group conducts employee engagement 
surveys, with the last survey undertaken  
in the earlier part of 2021. As part of our HR 
strategy, Strix is committed to making 
positive changes in the Group which will 
increase our engagement index score.

Ethical behaviour
The Group has a number of defined policies 
in place to cover anti-slavery, anti-human 
trafficking, anti-corruption and anti-bribery. 
Strix is committed to supporting and 
promoting international and local laws 
which prohibit modern-day slavery, human 
trafficking and support the detection and 
prevention of corruption and fraud. Strix 
has a zero tolerance of violations to these 
policies, which apply equally to all of  
our Directors, Officers, employees, 
apprentices, volunteers, agents, 
consultants and other representatives.

63

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Responsible business continued

During 2021, we undertook a number of 
graduate recruitment and internship 
programmes. In the Isle of Man, one  
intern and one university graduate  
joined the Design and the Research and 
Development teams. A further three 
interns joined the Hong Kong office to 
gain more exposure and offer support  
to project management teams. These 
programmes place interns and 
undergraduates into placements within 
the Group and provide students with  
the opportunity to undertake practical 
work projects to further their studies  
and gain entry-level work experience 
after graduation. 

We would like to express our thanks for 
the valued work that all those involved in 
the internship and graduate recruitment 
programmes perform. 

Strix further supports and sponsors the 
education and development of future 
engineers through:
•  Working with the AMTC (Advanced 

Manufacturing Training Centre) at the 
UCM (University College, Isle of Man) 
in providing a number of work 
experience opportunities for 
apprentices;

•  Supporting the ACE (Awareness of 
Careers in Engineering) programme 
on the Isle of Man, which provides a 

• 

number of local events throughout 
the year to encourage students to 
consider future careers in 
engineering; 
Involvement in STEM Fest Isle of Man 
and scheduled regular events, 
including assisting with STEM 
activities that students could do at 
home; and 

•  Undertaking research into IET 

accreditation of the apprenticeship 
scheme, and programmes that can be 
run with primary schools, planning for 
events that will take place through 
2022, both in the schools and with 
university students.

Involvement in efforts to support the communities

COVID-19-related efforts
During 2021, the Group 
continued assisting in a 
number of projects within the 
local community to assist with 
efforts in curbing the spread 
of the coronavirus. These 
projects included:
•  Assisting the Isle of Man 
Government to increase 
capacity of safe and reliable 
PPE on the island by using 
our connections, technical 
teams and supply chains 
from our Chinese plants; 
•  Repurposing of parts from 

our product outputs to help 
in the local community’s 
effort to tackle the virus;

•  Coordinating with other 
local businesses in the 
making and assembly of 
PPE used by local hospitals 
during the pandemic; and
•  Sponsoring a table at the 
recent award ceremony  
for the Isle of Man 
Extraordinary Islanders 
awards, where one of our 
staff member’s efforts 
were recognised for an 
‘innovation and technology 
award’ for helping in the 
production of face masks 
and nasal clips during the 
COVID-19 pandemic for key 
health workers.

64

Annual report and accounts 2021

Involvement in Isle of Man  
business life
Strix employees are actively involved in the 
wider Isle of Man business life, primarily 
through membership in the Isle of Man 
Chamber of Commerce and its committees. 
Strix is currently represented on the STEM 
Committee which supports Chamber 
members and the sustainability of  
science, technology, engineering and 
manufacturing businesses on the Isle of 
Man by providing the voice of industry into 
government and associated bodies.

Other community  
engagement activities
During 2021, the Group also engaged in 
other various community activities as 
detailed below.
•  Through the LAICA office, the Group 
partnered with Rise Against Hunger,  
an international non-profit hunger relief 
organisation, in packaging meals which 
were then distributed to schools which 
are in countries embroiled in a serious 
humanitarian crisis.

Awards and recognition

Our CEO, Mark Bartlett, won the 
‘Director of the Year – Large 
Business’ award, which was 
presented by the Institute of 
Directors, Isle of Man. This was 
based on a short-list of directors 
who have used their talent and 
resilience to support staff and their 

organisations through the last 
extraordinary 12 months, a period 
which was characterised by 
unprecedented disruption to 
‘business as usual’ as a result  
of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

•  Other sustainability projects LAICA is 

involved in include support for Surgery 
For Children, and the B.I.R.D. Europe 
Foundation Onlus. 

•  The Group’s other various offices have 
been engaged in fundraising activities 
throughout the year, including themed 
casual days in order to raise funds for 
the benefit of various local and 
international charities including Save the 
Children, Isle Listen, Kidscape Chester, 
The Samaritans, Chester Aid to the 
Homeless, Isle of Man’s Children’s 
Centre, Manx Breast Cancer and 
MacMillan Cancer Support Groups,  
and various charities helping with  
the war in Ukraine.

•  A number of staff members have 
individually participated in various 
fundraising challenge events in order  
to raise funds for charities, including 
sponsored walks, bike rides and other 
sporting events. Funds raised were 
donated to a number of local charities 
within the respective communities, 
including the Isle of Man Children’s 
Centre, North West Air Ambulance 
Charity, Preston Royal Hospital  
(Bowland House), Rebecca House 
Children’s Hospice and Manx Breast 
Cancer Support Group.

•  Strix agreed to be a significant sponsor 
of the Manx Breast Cancer Support 
Group and volunteers from Strix helped 
marshal a fundraising event to help raise 
funds for the charity.

•  Strix staff members volunteered with 
the Manx Wildlife Trust to help with 
creating a multi-ability footpath at one  
of the Island’s forest woodlands, all in an 
effort to assist the charity in enhancing 
and conserve Manx nature.

•  Through traditional and social media 
platforms including websites, LAICA 
actively promotes awareness of the 
benefits of our products towards healthy 
living and protecting our planet and 
environment, in collaboration with  
our business partners. Campaigns 
include promoting awareness on 
reducing food wastage, access to  
clean water and eliminating pollution 
from single-use plastics. 

65

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Responsible business continued

 ‘Through the LAICA 
office, the Group 
partnered with 
Rise Against 
Hunger, an 
international  
non-profit hunger 
relief organisation, 
in packaging meals 
which were then 
distributed to 
schools which  
are in countries 
embroiled  
in serious 
humanitarian 
crisis.’

66

Annual report and accounts 2021

Chief Financial Officer’s statement

The Group’s solid trading 
performance demonstrated 
confidence in our continued 
strength and resilience, and 
commitment to a progressive 
dividend policy

 ‘Adjusted profit after tax increased to £31.4m, 
up by 6.4% from 2020, demonstrating Strix’s 
ability to overcome challenging conditions, 
through our strategic and operational 
efficiency initiatives.’

Raudres Wong
Chief Financial Officer

Financial performance
Revenue increased by 25.3% to £119.4m  
(FY 2020: £95.3m). This was partly due to 
the inclusion of LAICA S.p.A. (‘LAICA’) 
revenues of £22.7m in FY 2021 (FY 2020: 
£4.1m), with the remaining increase of  
£5.5m (representing a 6.0% increase  
from comparative prior year) realised  
from organic growth. Revenue increased  
by 23.2% above FY 2019 levels.

Revenue on a constant currency basis 
showed an increase of 28.8% from FY 2020. 
This was impacted by the weakening of 
foreign currencies against Pound Sterling 
during the current year compared to FY 
2020, which would have effectively 
increased the Pound Sterling value of 
revenues for products that are priced in 
foreign currency, had the foreign currency 
exchange rates remained constant. 

Adjusted gross profit increased by 20.3%  
to £47.4m (FY 2020: £39.4m), which included 
the full year effect of LAICA’s contribution 
compared to only two months’ in the prior 
year. Increase in gross profits was driven  
by growth in the sale of appliances, which 
were 59.9% higher compared to the same 
period in the prior year, realised from new 
products launched in this category and 
selling well on Amazon, with more sales 
expected in FY 2022 in anticipation of 
increased demand and further planned 
new product listings. Reported gross  
profits increased by 12.6% to £43.8m  
(FY 2020: £38.9m). 

67

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Chief Financial Officer’s statement continued

Financial summary

Revenue

Revenue – constant currency basis2

Gross profit

EBITDA3

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit after tax

Net debt4

Net cash generated from  

operating activities

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Total dividend per share (pence)

Adjusted results1

Reported results

FY 2020
£m

FY 2019
£m

Change 
(21-20)
%5

Change 
(21-19)
%5

FY 2021
£m

FY 2020
£m

FY 2019
£m

Change
(21-20)
%5

Change
(21-19)
%5

95.3

95.3

39.4

38.1

32.1

30.9

29.5

37.2

31.2

14.9

14.3

7.85

96.9 +25.3% +23.2% 119.4

96.9 +28.8% +26.6% 122.7

39.6 +20.3% +19.7% 43.8

36.9 +6.3% +9.8% 30.6

31.5 +5.0% +7.0%

30.2 +4.2% +6.6%

23.7

21.5

28.9 +6.4% +8.7% 20.6

26.3 +37.6% +94.7%

51.2

34.4 -28.5% -35.2% 22.3

15.2 +2.0% +0.0%

14.1 +4.2% +5.7%

10.0

9.8

7.70 +6.4% +8.4% 8.35

95.3

95.3

38.9

32.6

26.6

25.5

24.1

37.2

31.2

12.2

11.7

7.85

96.9 +25.3% +23.2%

96.9 +28.8% +26.6%

39.4 +12.6% +11.2%

29.6

-6.1% +3.4%

24.2 -10.9% -2.1%

22.9 -15.7% -6.1%

21.5 -14.5% -4.2%

26.3 +37.6% +94.7%

34.4 -28.5% -35.2%

11.3 -18.0% -11.5%

10.5 -16.2% -6.7%

7.70 +6.4% +8.4%

FY 2021
£m

119.4

122.7

47.4

40.5

33.7

32.2

31.4

51.2

22.3

15.2

14.9

8.35

1.  Adjusted results exclude exceptional items, which include share-based payment transactions, COVID-19-related costs, and other reorganisation and strategic 

project costs. Adjusted results are non-GAAP metrics used by management and are not an IFRS disclosure. 

2.  Revenue – constant currency basis, which is defined as 2021 revenue restated at the exchange rates prevailing in 2020, is a non-GAAP metric used by management 

and is not an IFRS disclosure.

3.  EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before finance costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation, is a non-GAAP metric used by management and is not an  

IFRS disclosure.

4.  Net debt excludes the impact of IFRS 16 lease liabilities, pension liabilities, deferred tax liabilities and earn-out provisions on satisfaction of performance conditions 

and providing post-combination services. Net debt including earn-out provisions was £58.6m.
5.  Figures are calculated from the full numbers as presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted gross profit margin in FY 2021 was 
39.7% (FY 2020: 41.4%), showing a margin 
dilution of 1.6% attributable mainly due to 
increases in commodity prices and inward 
freight costs experienced in global supply 
chains in the wake of the pandemic 
recovery, adverse foreign currency 
exchange rate movements due to the 
weakening of foreign currencies against  
the Pound Sterling, and direct labour wage 
increases as the Group expanded its labour 
force in line with meeting its medium-term 
targets. These adverse factors were 
partially offset by product price increases  
in the current year, adoption of lean and 
automated manufacturing processes  
with in-sourcing of commodities from 
increased production capacity at the new 
manufacturing plant, inclusion of sales  
from LAICA for the full year with its higher 
margins products, and market growth  
in the Group’s kettle controls and 
appliances categories. 

Adjusted EBITDA stood at £40.5m (FY 2020: 
£38.1m), increasing by 6.3%, with the  
full year effect of LAICA’s contribution 
compared to only 2 months’ in the prior year. 
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit before 
depreciation, amortisation, finance costs, 
finance income, taxation and exceptional 
items including share-based payments. 
Reported EBITDA decreased 6.1% to £30.6m 
(FY 2020: £32.6m). 

Adjusted EBITDA margin in FY 2021 was 
33.9% (FY 2020: 40.0%), representing a 
dilution of 6.1%. In addition to the factors 
mentioned above which contributed to a 
1.6% dilution in the adjusted gross profit 
margin, other factors which played a role in 
the dilution of adjusted EBITDA during H1 
2021 continued into the second half of the 
year, which were higher outward carriage 
and freight costs experienced globally 
throughout the entire year as the supply 
chains felt the impacts of recovery from the 

pandemic, higher payroll costs as the Group 
continued to increase its headcount in  
line with management expectations  
and medium-term targets, and higher 
advertising and promotional costs as the 
Group continued to widen its product reach 
in its water and appliances categories. 
These cost implications have a similar 
effect on dilution of the other adjusted KPI 
margins of operating profit, profit before  
tax and profit after tax throughout the year. 

Adjusted operating profits increased by 
5.0% to £33.7m (FY 2020: £32.1m), showing 
an increase of £1.6m, mainly attributable  
to LAICA. Reported operating profits were 
lower by 10.9% to £23.7m (FY 2020: £26.6m) 
after deducting exceptional costs of £10.0m 
(FY 2020: £5.5m) which increased mainly 
due to reason described in the ‘Costs’ 
section further below. 

68

Annual report and accounts 2021

Adjusted profit before tax was £32.2m  
(FY 2020: £30.9m), an increase of £1.3m 
(4.2%) from prior year, mainly resulting  
from the inclusion of the full year effects of 
LAICA’s contribution. Reported profit before 
tax was £21.5m (FY 2020: £25.5m). Interest 
charges recognised were higher than those 
in the prior year, in line with an increase in 
the net debt, and also due to exceptional 
finance costs of £0.8m relating to the 
discount unwinding of present values  
of contingent liabilities recognised on 
acquisition of LAICA in 2020. 

Adjusted profit after tax was £31.4m  
(FY 2020: £29.5m), an increase of  
£1.9m (6.4% increase). The tax expense 
decreased in the current year mainly due  
to certain tax measures adopted with  
the move of operations to the new factory. 
Reported profit after tax was £20.6m  
(FY 2020: £24.1m). The effective tax rate  
on adjusted profit before tax in FY 2021  
was 2.7% (FY 2020: 4.5%). 

Costs 
Costs in FY 2021 increased across the board 
compared to the prior year, partly in support 
of the increase in sales and the inclusion of 
LAICA’s full year results, but also caused by 
global inflationary prices increases seen in 
major supply chain channels in all industries 
due to remnant impacts of recovery from 
the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Cost of sales (excluding exceptional costs) 
increased to £72.0m (FY 2020: £55.9m).  
In addition to increases in line with sales, 
the main drivers of increase in costs were 
higher commodity and labour costs, 
increased inward carriage and freight costs, 
and higher energy costs, all following 
general global inflationary trends as the 
world recovered from the pandemic. Higher 
costs were also seen for product approvals 
in line with a number of new product 
launches within the Group’s appliances 
category which prompted new patent and 
trademark applications to be filed in line 
with the Group’s vision and mission of 
offering safer and sustainable products.

Distribution costs increased to £9.2m  
(FY 2020: £5.0m), continuing on from the 
upward trends seen in the first half of the 
year, with main drivers being higher outward 
carriage and freight costs, higher payroll 
costs, and increased advertising and 
promotional costs as the Group widened  
its reach to the markets with new  
product listings.

Administration costs (excluding exceptional 
costs) increased to £5.1m (FY 2020: £3.5m), 
increasing mainly due to the inclusion of 
LAICA, and also as a result of higher payroll 
costs seen across all departments as the 
Group increased its headcount in line with 
management expectations and medium-
term targets, and increased ERP costs as 
the Group continues to improve on its newly 
implemented ERP system in the prior year in 
order to increase operational efficiencies.

Exceptional costs increased mainly due to 
LAICA acquisition-related strategic costs, 
the removal and write-off of assets and 
land and factory relocation costs 
associated with the move from the old 
factory to the new Chinese manufacturing 
plant as of 27 August 2021, which was 
completed within the budget of c.£20m. 
Refer to note 6 of the Group’s financial 
statements for details on exceptional items. 

Cash flow 
Net cash generated from operating 
activities decreased to £22.3m  
(FY 2020: £31.2m) mainly due to the Group’s 
investment in net working capital in  
the current year. Net working capital 
movements in FY 2021 increased, reflecting 
a cash outflow of £11.4m compared to prior 
year (FY 2020: £1.7m outflow). The increase 
is shown mainly in increased stock holdings 
at year end due to forward procurement of 
commodities to secure future profits, and 
increased debtors in line with an increase  
in sales, and also due to Chinese VAT of 
£4.2m receivable from completion of the 
new factory, which will be reclaimed in  
FY 2022/23. Change in creditors remained 
relatively flat during the year. 

Cash outflows for investing activities 
decreased by £7.2m from the prior year 
mainly due to cash outflows in the prior year 
to fund the acquisition of LAICA, which were 
much lower in the current year. The new 
manufacturing plant in China was fully 
operational as of the 27 August 2021, with 
production and assembly lines installed, 
and having been completed on budget and 
on time. Total factory construction costs 
were in line with budget of c.£20m. 

Cash outflows for financing activities 
decreased by £3.8m from prior year, driven 
by the offsetting impact of increased 
drawdowns from the revolving credit facility 
to fund investment in anticipated future 
commodity price inflation. 

Balance sheet 
Property, plant and equipment increased  
to £42.8m (FY 2020: £37.2m), a net increase 
of £5.6m. The majority of the increase, 
amounting to £4.7m (FY 2020: £9.1m) is 
attributable to capital expenditure in the 
current year to complete the construction 
of the new factory in China, which became 
fully operational on 27 August 2021 and was 
completed on time and within budget of 
£20m. The remainder of the increase in 
property, plant and equipment is 
attributable to the increase in plant and 
machinery and production tools of £6.3m 
for the new factory, and the increase of 
equipment and other assets of £2.5m, 
partly in the form of computer equipment  
in support of the new ERP system that was 
implemented in the prior year, partially 
offset by the write-off of old assets from 
the old factory with a net book value of  
c.£1.6m, the sale of LAICA buildings with  
a net book value of c.£1.7m in a sale and 
leaseback arrangement, and depreciation 
charges of £4.6m (FY 2020: £4.5m). 

Intangible assets increased to £30.5m  
(FY 2020: £29.7m) reflecting a net increase 
of £0.8m. The net increase is due to 
additions of c.£5.1m, the majority of which 
are capitalised development costs from  
the new product development projects  
of c.£3.6m, and computer software and 
intellectual property totalling £1.5m. These 
additions were offset by amounts totalling 
c.£2.0m relating to foreign exchange losses 
from translation of intangible assets 
recognised at acquisition date that are  
held by LAICA as a foreign operation, 
reassessment (during the measurement 
period) of the fair values of LAICA net assets 
acquired and recognised in the prior year, 
and transfers of intangible assets under 
construction to property, plant and 
equipment. The total amortisation charge 
was £2.3m (FY 2020: £1.5m).

Current assets increased to £45.5m  
(FY 2020: £35.9m), an increase of £9.6m. 
This is attributable mainly to increases in 
inventories by £4.8m due to higher stocks 
held at year end to protect against 
increases in commodity prices, and 
increases in trade debtors and 
prepayments by £4.8m in line with  
an increase in sales. 

69

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Chief Financial Officer’s statement continued

Current liabilities (including tax liabilities, 
but excluding short-term portions of 
long-term liabilities) decreased to £27.5m 
(FY 2020: £30.2m), a decrease of £2.7m.  
The majority of the decrease is driven by 
payments in the current year of additional 
earn-out entitlements that had been 
accrued as payable in the prior year for the 
acquisition of LAICA, as well as a decrease 
in the tax liabilities due to payments made 
in the current year. 

Dividend 
The Board proposes an increased final 
dividend of 5.60p per share (FY 2020: 5.25p) 
which would represent a total dividend  
of 8.35p per share (2020: 7.85p) and given 
the Group’s performance in FY 2021 and 
confidence in the continued strength of  
its cash generation, reiterates our intention 
to implement a progressive dividend policy 
linked to underlying earnings for the  
full year. 

The final dividend will be paid on 10 June 
2022 to shareholders on the register at 
13 May 2022 and the shares will trade 
ex-dividend from 12 May 2022.

Raudres Wong
Chief Financial Officer

Non-current liabilities (including short-term 
portions) increased to £85.0m (FY 2020: 
£66.0m), an increase of £18.9m, mainly 
driven by further drawdowns in the year 
from the revolving credit facility as 
aforementioned, and outstanding amounts 
accrued as contingent liabilities (earn-out 
provisions) payable in FY 2022 and FY 2023 
to the previous owners of LAICA upon 
meeting certain performance conditions 
and providing post-combination services  
as part of the acquisition of the subsidiary 
in the prior year. 

Net debt 
The Group’s net debt position, excluding 
IFRS 16 lease liabilities, pension liabilities, 
deferred tax liabilities and earnout 
provisions, as at 31 December 2021 
increased to £51.2m (FY 2020: £37.2m). 

Total committed debt facilities at 
31 December 2021 amounted to £70.0m, 
giving available liquidity of £28.8m. Net debt 
equated to 1.31 times trailing 12 months’ 
EBITDA, which compares favourably to our 
debt covenant of 2.50 times. This continues 
to underpin the Group’s strong cash 
generation ability. 

70

Annual report and accounts 2021

71

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Board of Directors

Gary Lamb 
Chairman (55)  Appointed: At IPO  Nationality: British  Committees: (A)(N)(R)

Experience: Gary is currently the CEO of Manx 
Telecom, a leading communication solutions 
provider on the Isle of Man. Prior to this, he was 
a founding director of Bladon Micro Turbine 
Limited, and is now a Non-Executive Director of 
the company. For 11 years, prior to Bladon Micro 
Turbine Limited, Gary was the Finance and  
IT Director of Strix, leaving in 2007.

Gary is a qualified accountant (CIMA) who  
has gained extensive business experience  
over the past 25 years in public, private equity 
and founder/ manager owned businesses.  
Gary is also a board member of the Digital  
Isle of Man Agency.

Mark Bartlett
Chief Executive Officer (57)  Appointed: 2006  Nationality: British

Experience: Mark joined Strix in 2006. He leads 
the organisation, setting the strategic direction 
and policy and works closely with his leadership 
team to translate Strix’s strategy into tangible 
results. His experience includes various 
positions ranging from Engineering Director 
through to Managing Director for multinationals 
in Europe and the Americas, with his most 

recent positions being Managing Director  
of a company within the Ametek Inc. Group  
and latterly ABS Waste Water Limited.

Raudres Wong 
Chief Financial Officer (59)  Appointed: 2011  Nationality: Chinese

a BComm and an MBA from McMaster 
University and qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant in Canada.

Experience: Raudres has over 25 years of 
international experience in corporate finance, 
business management and mergers and 
acquisitions. She has worked in Toronto, Japan, 
Beijing and Hong Kong for multinationals such 
as IDT International Ltd, Nortel Networks Inc., 
Level 3 Communications Inc., Nike International 
Ltd, and ASSA ABLOY Ltd, holding senior finance 
and strategic planning positions. Raudres has  

Mark Kirkland
Non-Executive Director (54)  Appointed: At IPO  Nationality: British  Committees: (A)(N)(R)

Experience: Mark’s initial career was in 
corporate finance, predominantly spent at UBS 
Limited. He has been CFO of numerous public 
companies and latterly was CEO of Delin 
Property, a pan-European logistics developer, 
investor and manager. 

Mark qualified as a Chartered Accountant with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers in London and has 
extensive corporate experience gained over 
the last 25 years having held numerous senior 
roles in public and private companies.

Richard Sells
Non-Executive Director (63)  Appointed: March 2020  Nationality: British  Committees: (R)(A)

Experience: Richard previously served  
as Chairman of AMDEA, the Association  
of Manufacturers of Domestic Appliances,  
and was on the board of London listed Alba plc. 
Additionally, he has worked with a number  
of entrepreneur-led private companies and 
served as a deal advisor for a large private 
equity firm. Richard currently also serves as  
an Associate at The Foundation, a growth 
consulting firm.

Richard is an experienced company director 
and advisor with over 30 years’ experience 
working across multinational corporations, 
public companies, entrepreneur-led SME 
enterprises, and private-equity backed 
businesses. He was previously Chief Innovation 
Officer at Electrolux AB, ran Electrolux’s 
refrigeration business, and was Group 
Managing Director for Electrolux in the UK.

72

(A) Audit Committee (N) Nomination Committee (R) Remuneration Committee

Annual report and accounts 2021

Senior management team

Frank Gao
Chief Operating Officer 

Joined 2012

Harry Kyriacou
Chief Commercial Officer 

Joined 2019

Ceyda Gibson 
Chief Technology Officer 

Joined 2021

Frank joined Strix in 2012. He directs and leads 
the global operations team which spans  
Strix’s Guangzhou and Ramsey facilities, and 
oversees the Group’s overall manufacturing, 
supply chain and technology footprint.

Harry joined Strix in 2019 and directs and leads 
the Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Commercial 
Operations and Water Category functions as 
well as the commercialisation of new products 
and technologies to support the next phase  
of the Group’s growth.

Ceyda joined Strix in 2021 and is responsible for 
driving the company’s growth through innovation 
and technology solutions. She has over 20 years 
of international experience within Quality, 
Engineering, Regulatory Compliance, Program 
Management and Mergers & Acquisitions. 

Neil Geoghegan 
Director of Group Finance 

Joined 2021

David Trustrum
Commercial Director 

Joined 1991

Emma Cox
Group Human Resources Director 

Joined 2020

Neil joined Strix in 2021 and directs the Finance 
teams across all Group locations, having 
worked at a number of multinational companies 
in the UK, the US, and elsewhere. Neil directs 
the Finance team, responsible for the accuracy 
of financial reporting and financial controls.

David joined Strix in 1991 and directs the 
Commercial Operations department, 
optimising commercial activities through  
IPR and product safety, market intelligence  
and pricing management.

Emma joined Strix in 2020 and drives the 
Group’s human capital strategy focusing  
mainly on attraction, recruitment, retention  
and development of talented people across  
the organisation to ensure the Group has the 
right people, doing the right things to get the 
right results. 

Nick Gibbs
Engineering Director 

Joined 1992 

Matt Thomas
Director of Divisional Operations and Group 
Project Delivery for Appliances 

Joined 2003

Nick joined Strix in 1992 and directs the global 
engineering team, which includes the research 
and development facility in the Isle of Man and 
the Engineering department at Guangzhou.

Matt originally joined Strix in 2003. Based in 
Guangzhou, he leads the global manufacturing
engineering teams looking for innovative 
methods of manufacture, including automation 
and customer quality teams.

73

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Board activities

Board roles
Our current Board is made up of three 
Non-Executive Directors, including the 
Chairman, and two Executive Directors,  
the CEO and CFO. All members have been 
selected for their diverse experience,  
which draws from a range of industries  
and backgrounds that align to promote  
the Group’s long-term sustainable success.
The Board has determined that all its 
Non-Executive members are independent.
Annually, the Board conducts an appraisal 
evaluation of its own performance  
whereby each Director will complete 
questionnaires which are reviewed  
and feedback discussed.

Our Chairman
•  Chairing Board meetings, Nomination 

and Remuneration Committee meetings 
and the AGM, and also setting the  
Board agenda;

•  Ensuring there is effective 

•  Reviewing Group financial information 

communication between the Board, 
management, shareholders and the 
Group’s wider stakeholders, while 
promoting a culture of openness  
and constructive debate;

and ensuring there are effective 
systems of governance, risk 
management and internal controls; 
•  Ensuring there is regular, open and 

constructive dialogue with shareholders. 

•  Ensuring Directors receive accurate, 

timely and clear information;

•  Overseeing the annual Board evaluation 
and addressing any subsequent actions; 

•  Promoting the highest standards of 

corporate governance; and

Our CEO
•  Day-to-day management of the Group;
•  Responsible for commercial, operational 

and risk elements, and strategy of  
the Group;

•  Ensuring the views of stakeholders  

•  Developing and implementing strategic 

are taken into account when  
making decisions. 

Our Non-Executive Directors
•  Providing effective and constructive 

challenge to the Board and scrutinising 
the performance of management; 
•  Assisting in the development and 
approval of the Group’s strategy;

direction; 

•  Ensuring effective communication and 
information to the Board and Chairman; 

•  Representing the Group to external 

stakeholders; 

•  Responsible for the oversight of the 
following key functions: finance, 
engineering, design, marketing,  
supply chain, human resources,  
ethics, responsibility, strategy  
and global commercial.

The Board is committed to effective corporate governance as the basis for delivering long-term value  
growth and meeting shareholder expectations for proper leadership and oversight of the business.

Board

Audit  
Committee
Chaired by  
Mark Kirkland

The Audit Committee 
report can be read on 
page 82.

Nomination 
Committee
Chaired by  
Gary Lamb

The Nomination 
Committee is 
responsible for leading 
the process for all 
potential appointments 
to the Board and making 
recommendations to  
the Board accordingly.

The Nomination 
Committee report can 
be found on page 83.

Remuneration 
Committee 
Chaired by  
Gary Lamb

The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the 
Group’s remuneration 
policy for the Executive 
Directors and senior 
management on an 
annual basis to ensure 
continued alignment 
with the principles set 
out within the Directors’ 
remuneration report on 
pages 84 to 91.

ESG 
Committee
Chaired by  
Richard Sells

The Environmental, 
Social and Governance 
(‘ESG’) Committee was 
put in place in this 
current year and its main 
objective is to ensure 
that the Board exercises 
sustainable governance 
by staying focused and 
proactive in supporting 
sustainability initiatives 
across the Group. Refer 
to pages 56 to 59  
for our report on 
sustainable investing.

CEO and Executive Committee

The Board delegates the day-to-day responsibility of running the Group to the CEO, who is responsible for all  
commercial, operational, risk and financial elements. He is also responsible for the management and development  
of the strategic direction for consideration and approval by the Board. The Officers and Operational Board assist  
the CEO in implementing the strategy as approved by the Board.

74

Forward-looking statements
This annual report and accounts 2021 
contains forward-looking statements that 
involve risk and uncertainties. The Group’s 
actual results could differ materially from 
those estimated or anticipated in the 
forward-looking statements as a result of 
many factors. Information contained in this 
annual report and accounts relating to the 
Company should not be relied upon as  
a guide to future performance.

Annual General Meeting  
– voluntary disclosure
The business to be conducted at the 
Annual General Meeting of the Company  
is set out in the separate Notice of Annual 
General Meeting which accompanies  
the annual report and accounts 2021. 
Resolutions put before shareholders at  
the Annual General Meeting will usually 
include resolutions for the appointment  
of Directors, approval of the Directors’ 
remuneration report, declaration of the final 
dividend and authorisation for the Board to 
allot and repurchase shares. At each Annual 
General Meeting there is an update on the 
progress of the business over the last year 
and also on current trading conditions.

Annual report and accounts 2021

Corporate governance statement

The Board is committed to effective 
corporate governance as the basis for 
delivering long-term value growth and  
for meeting shareholder expectations  
for proper leadership and oversight of  
the business.

Strix applies the principles of the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘QCA Code’) as the Board 
believes that adherence to the QCA Code 
provides a strong foundation for delivering 
shareholder value and serves to mitigate 
and minimise risks. Directors of companies 
incorporated in the Isle of Man are required 
to comply with certain duties that are 
contained in the Isle of Man Companies Act, 
and the Directors comply with those duties.

 ‘For Strix Plc, ‘best-
in-class’ underpins 
our whole business 
model. Effective 
and transparent 
corporate 
governance is  
a fundamental  
part of Strix 
encapsulating  
our Group’s nature, 
culture and values.’ 

Gary Lamb 
Non-Executive Chairman

Going concern basis
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position, 
are set out in the Group financial 
statements on pages 98 to 136, together 
with the financial position of the Group, its 
cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing 
facilities. In addition, note 22 to the Group 
financial statements includes: the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of financial 
instruments and hedging activities; and its 
exposure to price, interest rate, credit and 
liquidity risk.

Accordingly, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources  
to continue in operational existence for  
the foreseeable future based on the 
following factors: 
•  The strong historic trading performance 

of the Group; 

•  Budgets and cash flow forecasts for  

the period to December 2023; 

•  The current financial position of the 
Group, including its cash and cash 
equivalents balances of £19.7m; 

•  The availability of further funding should 
this be required (including the headroom 
of £10.0m on the revolving credit facility 
and the access to the AIM market 
afforded by the Company’s admission  
to AIM); 

•  The low liquidity risk the Group is 

exposed to; 

•  The fact that the Group operates within 
a sector that is experiencing relatively 
stable demand for its products, amidst 
the global COVID-19 pandemic; and 

•  That there has been no disruption to the 
Group’s manufacturing or supply chain.

On the basis of the above, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the annual 
Group financial statements. 

75

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

How we govern

Board composition and operation
The Board is made up of three Non-
Executive and two Executive Directors.  
The Board meets frequently throughout 
the year to consider strategy, performance 
and the framework of internal controls.  
To enable the Board to discharge its duties, 
all Directors receive appropriate and timely 
information. Briefing papers are distributed 
to all Directors in advance of Board 
meetings.

All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Chief Financial Officer, 
who is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board procedures are followed, and that 
applicable rules and regulations are 
complied with. In addition, procedures are  
in place to enable the Directors to obtain 
independent professional advice in the 
furtherance of their duties, if necessary, 
at the Group’s expense.

The Board has conducted an appraisal of its 
own performance and that of each Director 
for 2021. This was completed by the use of 
questionnaires completed by all Directors. 
The results of this exercise were reviewed 
and feedback discussed in full by the Board. 
Feedback was given by the independent 
Non-Executive Directors in respect of the 
Chairman, and by the Chairman in respect 
of assessments of each of the other 
Directors and the Board as a whole.  
The outcome of the appraisal is that the 
Board has been effective in discharging  
its duties during 2021.

Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring that the Group maintains a  
system of internal control, to provide it  
ith reasonable assurance regarding  
the reliability of financial information  
that is used within the business and for 
publication and the safeguarding of assets. 

There are inherent limitations in any system 
of internal control and accordingly even the 
most effective system can provide only 
reasonable, and not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. 
Some examples of internal controls 
operated by the Group are given below  
and elsewhere in this statement.

76

The Group’s organisational structure has 
clear lines of responsibility. Operating and 
financial responsibility for subsidiary 
companies is delegated to functional 
management, which is in most cases  
the members of the senior management 
team (internally referred to as the 
‘Operational Board’). 

The Board has an ongoing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing  
the Group’s significant risks. The  
process includes:
•  Preparation and approval of budgets  
and regular monitoring of actual 
performance against budget;

•  Preparation of monthly management 
accounts for each subsidiary and for  
the Group, including investigation of 
significant variances from budget;  
these are summarised and reviewed  
at Board level;

•  Preparation of updated profitability and 
cash flow forecasts to reflect actual 
performance and revised outlook as  
the year progresses, including an 
assessment of the adequacy of funds 
for the foreseeable future; and
Investment policy acquisition proposals 
and major capital expenditure projects 
are authorised and monitored by the 
Group Board.

• 

Throughout the year, the Board has  
carried out assessments of internal 
controls by considering documentation 
from the Executive Directors and the  
Audit Committee as well as taking into 
consideration events since the year end. 
The internal controls extend to the financial 
reporting process and the preparation of 
the consolidated accounts.

The Group continues to take steps  
to embed internal control and risk 
management further into the operations  
of the business and to deal with areas for 
improvement which come to the attention 
of management and the Board. The Group 
has ethical guidelines and a defined fraud 
reporting and whistleblowing process 
which are issued to all employees within  
the Group.

The Group’s risk management programme, 
which assesses key risks and the required 
internal controls that are delegated to 
Functional Directors is reviewed regularly 
in order to ensure that it continues to  
meet the Board’s requirements.

Shareholders
The Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors will always make themselves 
available to meet with shareholders.  
Normal relationships with shareholders are 
maintained by the Executive Directors who 
brief the Board on shareholder issues and 
who relay the views of the Group’s advisors 
to the Board. The Board believes that the 
disclosures set out in the strategic report 
on pages 2 to 71 of the annual report provide 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

The Board is aiming to achieve a mix of 
institutional, retail and management 
shareholders which is appropriate for Strix. 
As at 14 April 2022, the Board considers that 
the Company’s shareholders can be 
categorised in the following manner:

0.5% 0.2%
1.1%

2.3%

7.3%

1.6%

87.1%

  Domestic Institutions
  Foreign Institutions
  Employees, etc.
  Domestic Brokers
  Private Stakeholders
  Corporate Stakeholders
  Foreign Brokers

Annual report and accounts 2021

Substantial shareholding
As at 14 April 2022, the Company has been advised, in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority, of the following notifiable interests in 3% or more of its voting rights:

Number of securities in issue: 

AIM securities not in public hands: 

Identity of significant shareholders (over 3%) as follows:

Registered shareholder 

Octopus Investments

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Mgt

AEGON Asset Mgt

Schroder Investment Mgt

Rathbone Investment Mgt

Premier Miton Investors

Investec Wealth & Investment (RS)

abrdn (Standard Life)

Close Asset Mgt

Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Mgt

Number

206,671,946

2.31%

Shares held 

% holding

25,728,994

11,000,000

10,710,273

10,660,485

7,865,597

7,859,185

7,556,990

7,123,734

6,362,094

6,330,986

12.45

5.32

5.18

5.16

3.81

3.80

3.66

3.45

3.08

3.06

Share capital structure
Details of the Company’s share capital  
can be found in note 24 to the Group 
financial statements.

Remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee reviews  
the Group’s remuneration policy for  
the Executive Directors and senior 
management on an annual basis to ensure 
continued alignment with the principles set 
out below. In doing so, we will consult with 
our major shareholders where necessary 
and where required, independent, 
specialist advice sought. 

Our objective is to ensure that remuneration 
incentivises and rewards the growth of 
shareholder value through full alignment 
with the Company’s strategy and with  
the interests of shareholders. We have  
been guided by a number of fundamental 
principles: 

•  Remuneration should be set by taking 
into account pay levels in the various 
jurisdictions in which the Company 
operates, whilst complying with UK PLC 
structural norms and good practice; 
•  The policy should attract, retain and 
motivate high-calibre Executive 
Directors and senior management 
through a significant weighting on 
performance-related pay;
Incentive plans should be robust and 
include metrics and targets which are 
directly relevant to Strix;
•  Pay should be simple and 

• 

understandable, both externally  
and to colleagues;

•  Good practice features such as 

clawback and malus arrangements 
should be included;

•  Share ownership should be encouraged 
across the executive team to ensure  
a long-term focus and alignment of 
interest with shareholders; and
•  Pay structures should not reward 

behaviour that inappropriately increases 
the Company’s exposure to risks outside 
our risk appetite.

Application of the remuneration 
policy in 2021
For 2021 minimal changes were made to the 
remuneration policy set out at the time of 
admission to trading on AIM, being a mix of 
fixed pay, annual bonus scheme and LTIP.

In respect of the annual bonus scheme, 
targets are based on profit before tax (‘PBT’). 
PBT is a key measure of profitability for Strix 
and this change aligns with a metric which  
is closely followed by our shareholders.  
In addition, if a separate free cash flow target 
is not met, then the maximum award payable 
will be reduced by 50%. 

The 2021 LTIP grant is based on the 
achievement of stretched EPS targets and 
will involve the measurement of performance 
over a conventional three-year period, 
consistent with industry practice.

Full details of how we intend to operate the 
policy for 2022 are set out on page 91.

77

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

QCA Principles and Strix

Governance principle

Strix response

Establish a strategy 
and business model 
which promote 
long-term value  
for shareholders

Strix has developed a clear strategy to act as a guiding principle and to 
articulate how long-term value will be generated for shareholders. 

The Board has refined and updated this strategy during the year to ensure 
it remains fit for purpose given the changes in the environment in which the 
Group operates. 

Strix has an established risk management framework which assists the 
Board in achieving an appropriate balance between risk and reward. 
In turn, this allows the Board to take actions to mitigate unnecessary or 
undesirable risk and to safeguard the long-term viability of the Group. 

Strix also has significant resources available to create medium to long-term 
value. These include: 
• A market-leading share of the global kettle controls market; 
• Significant, long-standing customer relationships; 
• A large portfolio of intellectual property; and
• A strong pipeline of new products.

Seek to understand 
and meet shareholder 
needs and 
expectations

The Executive Directors engage regularly with investors and analysts  
at meetings and investor roadshows in order to articulate the Group’s 
strategy, business model and performance, and ensure they are clearly 
understood. This also provides the Executive Directors with an opportunity 
to understand what shareholders’ expectations and needs are. 

This two-way dialogue is key to driving the Group forward and informs  
the decision-making process that the Board undertakes on key matters. 
The Board also seeks to engage with shareholders throughout the year,  
in particular via our regular reporting of performance and key news 
announcements via Regulatory News Service (‘RNS’). 

Subject to COVID-19 travel restrictions, all members of the Board attend  
the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) in person and the Board encourages 
shareholders to attend this meeting and ask questions (where possible).

In the event of a substantial vote (more than 20%) against any particular 
resolution, the Board will engage with shareholders in order to determine 
the appropriate course of action. 

The Board also engages with both institutional and private shareholders  
to understand the needs and expectations of both of these groups.

Disclosure of the 
Group’s strategic 
pillars is included  
on pages 30 to 33.

Strix’s value chain  
is explained on  
page 25.

The way in which we 
deliver value for our 
stakeholders is set 
out on pages 46  
to 47. 

Strix’s risk 
management 
framework is set  
out on page 48.

Our RNS 
notifications and 
annual reports are 
available on the 
Group’s website as 
well as the results  
of the AGM voting 
outcomes, showing 
the percentage of 
votes for, against 
and withheld for 
each resolution.

78

Annual report and accounts 2021

Governance principle

Strix response

Take into account 
wider stakeholder and 
social responsibilities 
and their implications 
for long-term success

Strix’s long history has enabled it to develop a good understanding  
of its key stakeholders. This understanding helps the Board and the 
management team make well-informed business decisions and to  
deliver on our strategic objectives. 

Please refer to pages 
46 to 47 for further 
information on why 
and how we engage 
with these 
stakeholders.

Strix’s key stakeholder groups are: 
• Shareholders (both institutional and private) 
• Employees 
• Customers 
• Suppliers 
• Communities 
• Environment 

As part of our HR strategy, management are committed to making positive 
changes in the Group which will increase our engagement index score.  
Strix also holds regular discussions with its customers and suppliers, many 
of whom have worked with Strix for decades, which helps us to understand 
the importance of these relationships in order to continue to succeed.

Strix has in place a risk management framework which assists the Board  
in identifying, assessing and mitigating the risks faced by the Group to an 
acceptable level. This is reviewed on an ongoing basis and actions are 
taken as needed to reduce the risks to an acceptable level, if required.

The risk 
management 
framework is set out 
on pages 48 to 54.

The Board includes three Non-Executive Directors, being Gary Lamb,  
Mark Kirkland and Richard Sells. 

In the Board’s judgement, Gary Lamb, Mark Kirkland and Richard Sells are 
independent although it is noted in this regard that Gary Lamb also chairs 
the Board, having been appointed on a permanent basis on 6 March 2018. 

Given the relatively small size of the Board (5 Directors), the Directors 
consider that the Board has an appropriate balance between Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors, and that this is sufficient for the Board to  
be considered independent as a whole. 

The Directors consider that this structure is appropriate for the size and 
nature of the Group, although this is kept under regular review.

See page 74 which 
covers Directors’ 
independence, time 
commitment, and 
the Board’s key 
committees. 

Further information 
on Directors’ 
independence and 
interests is included 
in the Directors’ 
report on pages 92 
and 93.

Embed effective  
risk management, 
considering both 
opportunities and 
threats, throughout 
the organisation

Maintain the Board  
as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by 
the Chair

Ensure that between 
them the Directors 
have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities

The Board is composed of individuals with an appropriate mix of experience 
and skills, including experience serving on the Boards of listed companies. 
The Board is represented by an appropriately diverse mix of individuals, 
given its size. 

A short biography  
of each Director is 
provided on pages 72 
and 73.

The Board is not dominated by any one person or group of people.  
All Directors have the ability to challenge proposals put forward to  
the meeting and decisions are reached democratically.

79

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

QCA Principles and Strix continued

Governance principle

Strix response

Evaluate Board 
performance based  
on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking 
continuous 
improvement

During the year, the Board has undertaken an assessment of its own 
performance, and the performance of each Director, in order to conclude 
that it has an appropriate balance of skills and that the composition of the 
Board remains appropriate. The key assessments made in relation to the 
effectiveness of the Directors are: 
• Their contributions are relevant and effective; 
• Their skills remain current and relevant for their role on the Board; 
•  They are committed and able to devote a suitable amount of time to 

undertaking their duties as a Director; and 

• If their role is as an independent Director, that they remain independent.

All senior nominations, including nominations to the Board of Directors, 
require approval by the Nomination Committee. The Company’s Articles  
of Association require that one-third of the Directors must stand for 
re-election by shareholders annually in rotation and that any new Director 
appointed during the year must stand for election at the AGM immediately 
following their appointment. 

Mark Kirkland retired by rotation at the 2021 AGM and was duly re-elected.

Promote a corporate 
culture that is based  
on ethical values and 
behaviours

Strix has a responsibility towards its employees and partners. The Group is 
proud to provide opportunities for the next generation and is passionate 
about supporting social causes, both on the Isle of Man and beyond. 

The Group has defined zero tolerance policies in place for anti-slavery  
and anti-human trafficking, anti-corruption and anti-bribery efforts.

There are whistleblowing facilities in place to report any suspected 
instances of corruption or bribery to one of the Directors.

Maintain governance 
structures and 
processes that are  
fit for purpose and 
support good decision 
making by the Board

The Board normally meets on a monthly basis and not fewer than ten times 
a year, supplemented by additional meetings as and when required. The 
Board discusses strategy, performance and internal controls based on a 
formal agenda, which is circulated in advance of each meeting. The Board is 
also responsible for the approval of RNS announcements and the annual 
and interim results. 

The following matters are reserved for consideration and approval  
by the Board: 
• Strategy and management 
• Structure and capital 
• Financial reporting and controls 
• Internal controls 
• Contracts 
• Communication 
• Board membership and other appointments 
• Remuneration 
• Delegation of authority
• Corporate governance matters 
• Policies 

Further details  
on corporate 
governance are 
provided on page 75.

Further details on 
corporate social 
responsibility, 
including ethical 
conduct and 
sustainable 
investing, is 
provided on  
pages 56 to 59.

Further details  
on the Group’s 
corporate 
governance 
including details  
of the Audit, 
Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committees  
are provided on  
pages 74 to 85.

80

Annual report and accounts 2021

Governance principle

Strix response

Maintain governance 
structures and 
processes that are fit 
for purpose and 
support good decision 
making by the Board 
continued

Any Director is free to challenge any proposals put to a Board meeting, and 
decisions are made democratically, after discussion. Senior members of 
staff attend certain Board meetings by invitation to discuss matters in 
relation to their specific areas of expertise. 

The Chairman is responsible for running the business of the Board and for 
ensuring appropriate strategic focus and direction. The CEO is responsible 
for proposing the strategic direction to the Board, implementing it once 
approved, and managing the performance of the Group through the 
management team. 

Further details  
on the Group’s 
corporate 
governance 
including details  
of the Audit, 
Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committees are 
provided on  
pages 74 to 85.

The Board is supported by the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees in discharging its responsibilities. The Board also has access 
to an Executive Assistant to help the Directors fulfil their duties. 

Each of the Committees has access to such resources, information and 
advice as it deems necessary, at the cost of the Group, to enable the 
Committee to discharge its duties. 

The Board believe this structure is appropriate for the current size of the 
Group and the nature of its business, but this is assessed at least annually 
as part of the review of the Board’s performance. 

The size and composition of the Board, plus the governance structures and 
processes which support it, may change in response to a change in the 
nature and/or composition of the Group.

Communicate how the 
Company is governed 
and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue 
with shareholders and 
other relevant 
stakeholders

Strix communicates principally with its shareholders and other 
stakeholders through: 
• The Annual Report And Accounts; 
• Half-Year Announcements; 
• The London Stock Exchange’s RNS; 
• The AGM;
• One-to-one meetings with large existing or potential new shareholders; and
• Internal staff meetings or through written/email communication. 

Refer to pages 46  
to 47.

The Board receives regular updates on the views of shareholders through 
briefings and reports from the CEO, CFO and the Group’s joint brokers. 

The Group communicates with institutional investors frequently through 
briefings with management. In addition, analysts’ notes and brokers’ 
briefings are reviewed to achieve a wide understanding of investors’ views. 
Site visits are hosted with key analysts in order to demonstrate the work 
being undertaken by the Group to execute its strategy. 

The Group completes an employee engagement survey on a biennial basis 
and has created an ‘Employee Engagement Forum’, staffed by a diverse mix 
of staff within the business, to act as the focal point between the 
management team and the employees. This open dialogue continues to 
result in positive changes being introduced. 

The outcome of the employee engagement survey is a key performance 
indicator on which all of the management team’s performance is assessed 
for over the two-year period.

81

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Audit Committee report

The Committee confirms that for the year ended 31 December 2021,  
the Group fulfilled its Audit Committee responsibilities, as set out  
in this report, and fulfilled its mandatory audit processes.

The Committee has an open  
and constructive relationship  
with management and I thank  
the management team on behalf 
of the Committee for their 
assistance during the year. I am 
confident that the Committee  
has upheld its high standards  
and effectively carried out its 
duties throughout the year.

Audit Committee membership 
Mark Kirkland and Gary Lamb served as 
members of the Committee through the 
year ended 31 December 2021. 

The Committee met formally twice 
throughout the year with all members 
attending scheduled meetings. In addition 
to the formal meetings, Committee 
members also attended additional  
ad hoc meetings as required. 

All Committee members are independent 
Non-Executive Directors and the Board is 
satisfied that Mark Kirkland and Gary Lamb 
have significant, recent and relevant 
financial experience. Furthermore, both 
members have held Chief Financial Officer 
roles for significant periods and are 
considered suitably qualified in accounting 
and auditing. 

The CEO, CFO and other senior finance  
staff will attend meetings of the Audit 
Committee by invitation. The external 
auditors attend the meetings to discuss 
the planning and conclusions of their work 
and have the option to meet with the 
members of the Committee without any 
members of the executive team present 
after each meeting.

The Committee is able to call for 
information from management and 
consults with the external auditors  
directly if required. The objectivity and 
independence of the external auditors is 
safeguarded by reviewing the auditors’ 
formal declarations of independence, 
assessing the level of non-audit fees 
payable to the auditors, and monitoring 
relationships between key audit staff  
and the Group.

82

The role of the Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is set out in 
a terms of reference document and is to:
•  Monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company and any 
formal announcements relating to the 
Company’s financial performance, 
reviewing significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them;

•  Review the Company’s internal financial 

controls and, unless expressly 
addressed by a separate Board risk 
committee composed of independent 
Directors, or by the Board itself, to review 
the Company’s internal control and risk 
management systems;

•  Monitor and review the effectiveness  

of the Group’s internal audit function or, 
if such a function does not exist, 
evaluate the need to establish one;
•  Make recommendations to the Board, 

for it to put to the shareholders for their 
approval in general meeting, in relation 
to the appointment, reappointment and 
removal of the external auditor and to 
approve the remuneration and terms of 
engagement of the external auditor;

•  Review and monitor the external 

auditor’s independence and objectivity 
and the effectiveness of the audit 
process, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements;

•  Develop and implement policy on the 

engagement of the external auditor to 
supply non-audit services, taking into 
account relevant ethical guidance 
regarding the provision of non-audit 
services by the external audit firm; and
•  To report to the Board, identifying any 

matters in respect of which it considers 
that action or improvement is needed 
and making recommendations as to the 
steps to be taken.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the financial statements
At the request of the Board, the Audit 
Committee considered whether the annual 
report and accounts 2021 were fair, 
balanced and understandable and whether 
they provided the necessary information 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy. 
The Committee was satisfied that this is 
the case.

 ‘I am confident that 
the Committee has 
upheld its high 
standards and 
effectively carried 
out its duties 
throughout  
the year.’ 

Mark Kirkland
Chairman of the  
Audit Committee

The Audit Committee assess whether 
suitable accounting policies have been 
adopted and whether appropriate 
estimates and judgements have been 
made by management. The Committee also 
reviews accounting papers prepared by 
management, and reviews reports by the 
external auditors. The specific areas 
reviewed by the Committee during the  
year were:
•  Accounting for exceptional items 
including review of the underlying 
accounting policy;

•  Determination of the functional currency 

for Strix (China) Limited and Strix 
Guangzhou Limited;

•  Cyber incident which occurred post year 
end. There was no impact on the Group’s 
financial records;

•  Finalisation of the acquisition 

accounting relating to LAICA S.p.A.  
and its subsidiaries allowable within  
the measurement period stipulated 
under IFRS;

•  Management’s impairment assessment 
of goodwill and other intangible assets 
with an indefinite useful life;

•  Completion of the construction of the 

new factory in China; and

•  Appropriateness of the disclosures in 

the financial statements.

Mark Kirkland
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Annual report and accounts 2021

Nomination Committee report

Role of the Committee
The role of the Committee includes reviewing the composition of the Board, succession planning for the Board and, together with  
the CEO, succession planning for senior leadership positions throughout the Group. It also considers:
•  The structure, size and composition of the Board and its Committees including evaluating the balance of skills, experience, 

independence and knowledge of its members;

•  The independence and time commitments of Non-Executive Directors;
•  The Board’s policy on diversity as it relates to appointments to the Board;
•  Succession planning for the Board and the Executive Committee roles;
•  The Committees’ effectiveness; and
•  The Committees’ terms of reference.

Nomination Committee membership 
The members of the Nomination Committee, all of whom held office since listing and to the date of this report, are:
•  Gary Lamb (Chairman)
•  Mark Kirkland

The Nomination Committee did not meet during the year. 

Gary Lamb
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

83

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Directors’ remuneration report

Statement from the Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee

This report sets out the Directors’ remuneration policy, the basis for the remuneration paid 
to Directors in respect of 2021 and explains how we intend to implement the policy for 2022. 
The key elements of our approach are summarised below.

The Remuneration Committee
The members of the Remuneration Committee during 2021 were 
Gary Lamb (Chairman), Mark Kirkland and, with effect from 1 March 
2021, Richard Sells. All three are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Gary Lamb is also Chairman of the Board.

The Committee held three meetings during 2021. All members of 
the Committee attended all meetings.

Duties
The main duties of the Remuneration Committee are set out in its 
terms of reference and include:
•  Determining the remuneration policy for the Chairman and  
all Executive Directors, having regard to the risk appetite of  
the Company and alignment to the Company’s long-term 
strategic goals; 

•  Reviewing the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the 
remuneration policy, having regard to pay and employment 
conditions across the wider Group; 

•  Approving the design of, and determining targets for  

any performance-related pay schemes operated by the 
Company and approving the total annual payments made  
under such schemes; 

•  Reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval  

by the Board and shareholders; 

•  Determining the policy for, and scope of, pension arrangements 

for each Executive Director and other senior executives; 
•  Approving the terms of the service contracts for Executive 
Directors and other senior executives, and determining the 
policy for and scope of termination payments; 

•  Determining the total individual remuneration package of each 
Executive Director and other designated senior executives 
including bonuses, incentive payments and share awards; and 

•  Establishing the selection criteria, selecting, appointing and 

setting the terms of reference for any remuneration consultants 
who advise the Committee.

Remuneration policy
The Committee’s objective is to ensure that remuneration 
incentivises and rewards the growth of shareholder value  
through full alignment with the Company’s strategy and with  
the interests of shareholders. We are guided by a number of 
fundamental principles:
•  Remuneration should be set by taking into account pay levels in 
the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, whilst 
complying with UK PLC structural norms and good practice;
•  The policy should attract, retain and motivate high-calibre 
Executive Directors and senior management through a 
significant weighting on performance-related pay;
Incentive plans should be robust and include metrics and 
targets which are directly relevant to Strix;

• 

•  Pay should be simple and understandable, both externally  

and to colleagues;

•  Good practice features such as clawback and malus 

arrangements should be included;

•  Share ownership should be encouraged across the executive 

team to ensure a long-term focus and alignment of interest with 
shareholders; and

•  Pay structures should not reward behaviour that inappropriately 

increases the Company’s exposure to risks beyond the 
Company’s risk appetite.

We will keep the remuneration policy under review and will make 
changes as required to ensure continued alignment with the 
principles set out above. In doing so, we will consult with our  
major shareholders where necessary.

Application of the remuneration policy in 2021
As disclosed in last year’s report, the Committee agreed to 
implement salary adjustments for the Executive Directors in April 
2021. This included an increase in salary for Mark Bartlett, the CEO, 
which was originally planned for January 2020 but was deferred 
following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. The rationale  
for this increase was set out in last year’s report.

84

Annual report and accounts 2021

A new grant under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) 
was made in April 2021. The performance conditions for this award 
were disclosed in last year’s report and require EPS growth of at 
least 6% per annum over the three-year performance period for  
full vesting.

In last year’s report we stated an intention to include an 
Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) performance 
measure in the annual bonus scheme for 2021. After further 
reflection, the Committee decided that additional work was 
required to determine the appropriate ESG measure for the  
bonus scheme and, as a result, no such measure applied for 2021 
bonuses. The bonus scheme for the year was dependent on  
the achievement of a profit before tax performance condition. 
Although the Company’s overall trading performance for the year 
was strong, the Committee determined that no bonuses should  
be paid to the Executive Directors. Vesting of the LTIP award 
granted in 2019 was assessed at 34% in light of performance  
over the relevant three-year performance period.

Proposed application of the remuneration  
policy for 2022
The Committee has agreed salary increases of 2% for both of the 
Executive Directors with effect from 1 January 2022, consistent 
with the level of increases across the wider workforce. Pension 
provision, at 10% of salary, will remain unchanged.

We have reviewed the performance metrics to apply to the annual 
bonus scheme. Bonus payments will remain primarily dependent  
on the satisfaction of targets linked to financial performance, with 
45% of the bonus based on adjusted profit after tax and 40% on 
Net Debt/EBITDA. For the remaining 15% of the bonus scheme,  
we have decided that now is the right time to introduce an ESG 
measure. This follows the launch of the ‘Sustainable. Innovative. 
Dependable’ strategy in 2021 and the publication of specific KPIs 
within the sustainability report published last year. For the 2022 
bonus scheme, we have chosen a metric aligned with our stated 
intention to achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions. Full 
details of all bonus targets will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report when they are no longer considered 
commercially sensitive. The maximum annual bonus opportunity 
for 2022 will remain at 100% of basic salary.

We also intend to make a new LTIP grant in 2022. The grant level  
for the Executive Directors will remain at 100% of basic salary and 
vesting will remain primarily subject to the achievement of EPS 
performance conditions over a three-year period. The target range 
will be EPS growth of between 3% per annum (for threshold 
vesting) and 7% per annum (for maximum vesting), in line with  
the targets applied to awards granted before 2020. These targets 
are considered appropriately stretching by the Committee.

The EPS targets will apply to 85% of the LTIP award. For the other 
15%, we have decided to echo the approach taken for the annual 
bonus scheme and introduce a new target linked to our ESG and 
sustainability strategy. Vesting of this element of the award will 
require a minimum 5% per annum reduction in Group energy 
intensity over the three-year performance period. Together,  
the EPS and energy reduction targets represent a balanced  
mix of performance conditions which reflect key priorities  
for the business over the coming years.

Engagement with shareholders 
The Remuneration Committee would welcome any feedback from 
shareholders on any matter to do with Directors’ remuneration; 
please contact me if you have any comments.

In line with our normal practice, we will again present shareholders 
with the opportunity to vote on this Directors’ remuneration report 
by way of a separate resolution at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’). I hope that you will support the resolution. I will 
also be available at the AGM to answer any questions you may have.

Gary Lamb
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

85

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy

The objective of the remuneration policy for Executive Directors is to ensure remuneration 
incentivises and rewards the growth of shareholder value through full alignment with the 
Group’s strategy and with the interests of shareholders.

The total remuneration package is structured so that a significant 
proportion is linked to performance conditions measured over both 
the short and long term. A high proportion of the potential 
remuneration is paid in shares, thereby ensuring that executives 
have a strong ongoing alignment with shareholders through the 
Company’s share price performance.

When setting the levels of short-term and long-term variable 
remuneration and the balance of cash and share-based elements, 

consideration is given to obtaining the appropriate balance so as 
not to encourage unnecessary risk-taking, whilst ensuring that 
performance hurdles are suitably challenging.

In addition to the elements of remuneration set out in the table 
below, Executive Directors are required to work towards meeting 
share ownership guidelines. Further details are provided on 
page 90.

Element

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Base salary

To recruit and reward 
high-calibre 
executives for the 
role required.

Reviewed annually by the Committee, 
taking account of Group performance, 
individual performance, changes in 
responsibility and levels of increase  
for the workforce generally.

Benefits

To provide market-
competitive benefits 
and to help ensure 
the overall wellbeing 
of employees.

Reference is also made to comparator 
benchmarks from time to time.

The Committee considers the impact  
of any basic salary increase on the total 
remuneration package.

The Group typically provides:
•  Car allowance
•  Medical insurance
•  Health insurance
•  Cost-of-living allowance
•  Other ancillary benefits, including 
relocation expenses (as required)

Executive Directors are also entitled  
to 25 days’ leave per annum.

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual increase. The Committee is 
guided by movements in market 
rates, the performance of the 
business and the general salary 
increase for the broader employee 
population, but on occasions may 
need to take into account factors 
such as development in role, change 
in responsibility, and/or specific 
retention issues.

Benefits provision is set at a level 
considered appropriate taking into 
account a variety of factors, 
including market practice 
elsewhere.

Pension

To provide  
market-competitive 
benefits and to assist 
post-retirement 
financial planning.

A Group contribution to a defined 
contribution pension scheme or provision 
of cash allowance in lieu of pension.

Up to 10% of basic salary.

86

Annual report and accounts 2021

Element

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Annual bonus payments are based on 
performance against challenging targets 
linked to the Group’s strategic objectives.

Maximum annual opportunity of 
100% of basic salary.

Annual bonus 
scheme

To encourage and 
reward excellent 
performance over  
the course of the 
financial year.

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’)

To encourage and 
reward delivery of the 
Group’s long-term 
strategic objectives 
and provide 
alignment with 
shareholders  
through the use  
of share-based
remuneration.

Bonuses are currently paid in cash.  
The Remuneration Committee may 
review on an ongoing basis whether a 
proportion of the bonuses should be 
deferred into shares.

A recovery and withholding mechanism 
applies in the event of a material 
misstatement of the Group’s accounts 
and also for other defined reasons.

The Company makes annual awards  
of nil-cost options.

Awards are released subject to continued 
employment and satisfaction of 
challenging performance conditions 
measured over three years.

A recovery and withholding mechanism 
applies in the event of a material 
misstatement of the Group’s accounts 
and also for other defined reasons.

Non-
Executive 
Director fees

To attract and retain a 
high-calibre 
Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors.

Fee levels are set as appropriate for  
the role and responsibility for each 
Non-Executive Director position and  
with reference to market levels in 
comparably sized public companies.  
Fees are paid in cash.

The Chairman is paid a single fee for all his 
responsibilities. Other Non-Executive 
Directors are also paid a single fee. 

There is no formal individual limit 
within the LTIP rules. However, the 
Remuneration Committee applies  
a limit of 100% of basic salary to 
grants made under the LTIP to 
Executive Directors.

25% of the award is payable for 
threshold performance.

In line with the LTIP rules, the 
Committee may decide to allow 
participants to receive dividend-
equivalent payments.

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual increase. Any increases to 
fee levels are guided by movements 
in market rates and the general 
salary increase for the broader 
employee population. On occasion, 
however, fee increases may need to 
recognise, for example, change in 
responsibility and/or time 
commitments.

87

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Service contracts and payments for loss of office
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for approving the terms of the service contracts for Executive Directors and other senior 
executives. Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Mark Bartlett and Raudres Wong have both entered into two service agreements with the Company, one governed by the law of the  
Isle of Man and the other governed by the law of Hong Kong.

The service agreements for Mark Bartlett and Raudres Wong are terminable on 12 months’ notice from either side. Other than payment  
of salary and benefits in lieu of notice, the Executive Directors’ service agreements do not provide for benefits upon termination of 
employment.

The Non-Executive Directors have entered into letters of appointment with the Company which can be terminated by either party 
providing three months’ prior written notice.

Directors’ remuneration for 2021

Executive Directors

Mark Bartlett

Raudres Wong

Non-Executive Directors

Gary Lamb

Mark Kirkland

Richard Sells4

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Salary  
and fees1
£k

Benefits2
£k

Pension
£k

Annual  
bonus
£k

Long-term
incentives3
£k

347

312

312

305

80

72

48

46

47

32

44

68

23

12

–

–

–

–

–

–

43

64

29

31

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

51

–

51

–

–

–

–

–

–

155

338

153

311

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
£k

589

833

517

710

80

72

48

46

47

32

1.   As previously disclosed, the 2020 fee for Gary Lamb for serving as Chairman of the Board and Non-Executive Director was increased from £70,000 to £80,000 with 

effect from 1 January 2020 following a review. The fee for Mark Kirkland for serving as a Non-Executive Director was increased from £45,000 to £48,000. In light of the 
COVID-19 outbreak, both Directors agreed that their fees would revert to their former levels with effect from March 2020. Following a further review later in 2020,  
and in recognition of the overall resilience of the Company against the backdrop of the pandemic, it was agreed that the fees would be restored to the January 2020 
levels with effect from 1 January 2021.

2.   Mark Bartlett’s benefits include participation in the Company’s private medical insurance scheme, a car allowance and a cost-of-living allowance reflecting his 

residence in Hong Kong. Raudres Wong’s benefits include participation in the Company’s medical insurance and permanent health insurance schemes.

3.   The numbers in this column for 2021 reflect the value of the 2019 LTIP award based on the vesting level of the award (34%), and the share price on the exercise date, 
21 April 2022 (£2.09), plus an amount reflecting the value of dividend equivalents. This award was based on performance measured up to 31 December 2021. The 
numbers in this column for 2020 reflect the value of the 2018 LTIP award based on the vesting level for the award (53.2%) and the share price on the exercise date, 
21 April 2021 (£2.90), plus an amount reflecting the value of dividend equivalents. This award was based on performance measured up to 31 December 2020.

4.   Richard Sells was appointed to the Board on 18 March 2020 as a Non-Executive Director. As disclosed in last year’s report, his annual fee was increased to £48,000  
with effect from 1 March 2021. This aligned his fee with that of Mark Kirkland and recognised his appointment to the Remuneration Committee and his work leading  
the Board’s approach to ESG matters.

88

Annual report and accounts 2021

Annual bonus scheme outcome for 2021
Executive Directors had an entitlement to an annual bonus up to a maximum opportunity of 100% of basic salary for 2021. Achievement of 
the bonus was based on performance conditions linked to the achievement of a challenging PAT target. Payment of the bonus required 
minimum PAT for 2021 of £31.4m.

Given a PAT outturn for the year of £31.4m, the Committee determined that no bonuses should be paid to the Executive Directors.

LTIP award granted in 2021
Executive Directors and other senior employees were granted an award of shares under the LTIP in April 2021. For the Executive Directors, 
the award was granted at a level of 100% of basic salary. Vesting of the award is subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
based on the Company’s EPS performance over the three financial years ending 31 December 2023. The specific targets were disclosed  
in last year’s report and are also set out below.

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ending 31 December 2023

Level of vesting

Below 3%
3%
Between 3% and 6%
6% or above

0%
25%
Vesting on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%
100%

The awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions, as set out in the remuneration policy on page 84.

Performance under the LTIP award granted in 2019
Executive Directors and other members of senior management were granted an award of shares under the LTIP in May 2019. Vesting of the 
awards was based on EPS performance measured over the period to 31 December 2021. The specific EPS targets, and the performance 
achieved, are set out below. 

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ended 31 December 2021

Level of vesting

Below 3%
3%
Between 3% and 7%
7% or above

0%
25%
Vesting on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%
100%

The Committee assessed the level of performance achieved after the year end and determined that the targets had been partially met. 
As a result, the LTIP award vested at a level of 34%. As determined at the start of the performance period, EPS was calculated on the basis 
of 190 million shares in issue. The Committee considered that the level of vesting was appropriate in light of the overall performance of  
the Group over the performance period.

Dividend equivalents were also payable on vested awards. Clawback provisions apply to the awards for a period of two years  
following vesting.

89

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ participation in the LTIP
Details of the numbers of shares held by the Executive Directors under the LTIP are set out in the following table.

Executive

Scheme

Grant date

Mark Bartlett

LTIP 
1 Nov 2018
LTIP  20 May 2019
6 Apr 2020
LTIP 
21 Apr 2021
LTIP 

Raudres Wong LTIP 

1 Nov 2018
LTIP  20 May 2019
6 Apr 2020
LTIP 
21 Apr 2021
LTIP 

Number of 
LTIP shares at 
31 December 
2020

Exercise 
price

Granted  
during 
year

Vested  
during year

Lapsed  
during 
year

Number of 
shares at 
31 December
2021

End of  
performance  
period

Vesting date1

nil
nil
nil
nil

nil
nil
nil
nil

208,417
198,398
197,138

–
–
–
– 123,995

191,870
196,267
196,060

–
–
–
– 107,593

110,878 97,539
–
–
–

–
–
–

102,075 89,795
–
–
–

–
–
–

– 31 Dec 2020 1 Jan 20212
1 Apr 20223
198,398 31 Dec 2021
197,138 31 Dec 2022 1 Apr 2023
123,995 31 Dec 2023 1 Apr 2024

– 31 Dec 2020 1 Jan 20212
1 Apr 20223
196,267 31 Dec 2021
196,060 31 Dec 2022 1 Apr 2023
107,593 31 Dec 2023 1 Apr 2024 

1.   These LTIP options cannot be exercised until the Remuneration Committee determines the performance conditions have been met.
2.   As explained in the 2020 Directors’ remuneration report, the performance conditions for this award were formally tested after the 2020 year end and it was deemed 

that this award had vested at a level of 53.2%. The options were exercised on 21 April 2021.

3.   As explained above, the performance conditions for this award were formally tested after the 2021 year end and it was deemed that the award had vested in part.

Directors’ shareholding guidelines and share interests
To align their interests with shareholders, Executive Directors are required to work towards meeting specific shareholding guidelines. 
These guidelines require the Directors to retain at least 50% of the net of taxes gain arising from any shares vesting or acquired under  
the LTIP until such time as the share ownership target has been met. The guidelines require the CEO to build a holding equivalent in  
value to 200% of basic salary, and the CFO to build a holding equivalent in value to 150% of basic salary.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares in the Company but are not subject to a formal shareholding 
guideline. Details of the Directors’ interests in shares are shown in the table below:

Director

Mark Bartlett
Mark Kirkland
Gary Lamb2
Raudres Wong3
Richard Sells

Beneficially owned at  
31 December 2021

Shareholding guideline achieved at 
31 December 2021 as % of 2021 basic salary1

2,410,878
8,710
250,000
1,802,075
–

>200%
n/a
n/a
>150%
n/a

1.   Based on the year end share price of £3.035.
2.   Shares registered in the name of GEL Investments Limited, a company controlled by Gary Lamb. 
3.  Shares held in the name of her husband, Wing Yip Fong.

Following the sale of shares by Mark Bartlett and Raudres Wong on 19 October 2021, they provided an undertaking that they will not 
dispose of any further shares for a period of 12 months.

90

Annual report and accounts 2021

Application of the remuneration policy for 2022
Fixed remuneration
The salaries for the Executive Directors have been increased by 2% with effect from 1 January 2022, as set out in the table below.  
This is consistent with the budgeted salary increase for the wider workforce.

Director

Mark Bartlett
Raudres Wong

Salary with effect  
from 1 January 2022

£367,200
£318,471

% increase

2.0%
2.0%

The level of pension provision for both of the Executive Directors will remain at 10% of basic salary.

Annual bonus scheme
The annual bonus scheme will continue to incentivise the delivery of performance over the short term. The scheme will primarily be based 
on the achievement of challenging financial targets linked to profit before tax (45% of the total bonus) and cash (40%). The remaining 15% 
of the bonus will depend upon the satisfaction of a target linked to the achievement of net zero carbon emissions (Scope 1 & 2).

We intend to disclose the specific bonus targets in the 2022 Directors’ remuneration report, alongside details of performance against  
the targets.

The maximum annual bonus opportunity for the Directors for 2022 will be 100% of basic salary, payable in cash.

LTIP
The Committee intends to grant LTIP awards over shares with a value equivalent to 100% of basic salary for the Executive Directors.  
A total of 85% of the award will be subject to the achievement of performance conditions based on the Group’s EPS performance  
over the three financial years ending 31 December 2024. The performance targets to be used are set out below.

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ending 31 December 2024

Level of vesting

Below 3%
3%
Between 3% and 7%
7% or above 

0%
25%
Vesting on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%
100%

The Committee believes that the above targets are appropriately stretching when taking into account expectations of the Group’s 
performance over the forthcoming three-year period.

In light of the increasing importance of ESG to Strix, for the other 15% of the award the Committee has decided to introduce a new target 
linked to a reduction in energy usage over the three-year period. This target will require a reduction in energy intensity of at least 5% per 
annum over the period in order for this element of the award to vest.

A payment equivalent to the value of the dividend paid over the vesting period will also be payable at the time of vesting. The awards  
will be subject to malus and clawback provisions, as set out in the remuneration policy on page 84.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
No changes are proposed to the fees payable to the Board Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors for 2022. As a result,  
Gary Lamb will continue to receive a fee of £80,000 and Mark Kirkland and Richard Sells will each receive a fee of £48,000.

This report was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Gary Lamb
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

91

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 December 2021

The Directors present their report together with the audited consolidated financial 
statements of Strix Group Plc (‘the Company’) for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Principal activities of the Group 
The principal activities of Strix Group Plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) are the design, manufacture and supply of  
kettle safety controls and other components and devices involving water heating and temperature control, steam management  
and water filtration.

Business review and future developments
The Group has remained resilient during 2021 as the world recovers from the global impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in the wake of a  
‘new normal’. As a result of further funding for the completion of the new factory and adverse effects of net working capital movements to 
fund ongoing operations, the Group’s net debt position increased to £51.2m (2020: £37.2m), excluding the impact of IFRS 16 lease liabilities.

The new manufacturing operations within Zengcheng district in Guangzhou, China are now fully operational and were delivered on time 
and to budget, and all was executed during a global pandemic. 

Results and dividends 
The Group recorded revenue in the year of £119.4m (2020: £95.3m) and a profit after tax of £20.6m (2020: £24.1m).

The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year of 5.6p per share which, if approved at the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)  
on 26 May 2022, will be payable on 10 June 2022 to shareholders who are on the register at 13 May 2022 and the shares will trade  
ex-dividend from 12 May 2022. Together with the interim dividend paid during the year of 2.75p per share, this will result in a total  
dividend of 8.35p per share.

Financial risk management
Information relating to the financial risks of the Group have been included within note 22, ‘Financial risk management’.

Directors and their interests
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the consolidated financial statements 
were:
•  Mark Bartlett 
•  Mark Kirkland 
•  Gary Lamb 
•  Raudres Wong
•  Richard Sells 

Mark Kirkland will retire by rotation in accordance with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and will be proposed for 
re-election at the AGM on 26 May 2022. The Directors who held office during the year and as at 31 December 2021 had the following 
interests in the number of ordinary shares of the Company: 

Name of Director

Mark Bartlett
Mark Kirkland
Gary Lamb
Raudres Wong
Richard Sells

2021

2020

2,410,878
8,710
250,000
1,802,075
–

3,400,000
–
500,000
2,200,000
–

92

Annual report and accounts 2021

In addition to the interests in ordinary shares shown above, the Group operates a performance share plan (‘the LTIP’) for senior 
executives, under which certain Directors have been granted conditional share awards. Subject to achieving performance targets,  
the maximum number of ordinary shares which could be issued to Directors in the future under such awards at 31 December 2021  
is shown below:

Mark Bartlett 
Raudres Wong

2021

2020

519,531
499,920

603,953
584,197

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the financial year was 303.5p (2020: 220.0p) and the range of market prices  
in the year was between 220.0p and 385.0p (2020: between 134.8p and 245.5p).

No changes took place in the interests of Directors between 31 December 2021 and the date of signing the consolidated  
financial statements. 

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Articles permit the Board to grant the Directors indemnities in relation to their duties as Directors, including third-party indemnity 
provisions (within the meaning of the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006) in respect of any liabilities incurred by them in connection with any 
negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company. Deeds of indemnity have been granted to each Director, 
but do not cover criminal acts. Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover is in place at the date of this report. The Board remains 
satisfied that an appropriate level of cover is in place and a review of the levels of cover takes place on an annual basis.

Going concern 
After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and for at least one year from the date of issue of these 
consolidated financial statements. As a result, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Further details are provided in note 2 of the financial statements. 

Independent auditor
The auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, has indicated its willingness to continue in office and a resolution concerning reappointment 
will be proposed at the AGM.

On behalf of the Board

Raudres Wong
Director
29 March 2022

93

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in respect  
of the financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2021

The Directors are responsible for preparing the consolidated financial statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 
The Directors have elected to prepare the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for:
•  Selecting suitable accounting policies and applying them consistently;
•  Stating whether IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, have been followed subject to any material departures disclosed and 

explained in the financial statements;

•  Making judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  Preparing the consolidated financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will 

continue in business; and

•  Preparing consolidated financial statements which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and of the profit or loss 

of the Group for that period. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Raudres Wong
Director
29 March 2022

94

Annual report and accounts 2021

Independent auditor’s report

Independent auditor’s report

To the members of Strix Group Plc

Our opinion
In our opinion the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of Strix Group Plc  
(the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) as at 31 December 2021 and of its consolidated financial performance and  
its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union.

What we have audited
Strix Group Plc’s consolidated financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) comprise:
•  The consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2021;
•  The consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
•  The consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; 
•  The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
•  The notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (‘ISAs’). Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including 
International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (‘IESBA Code’). We have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code.

Our audit approach
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we considered where the Directors made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed 
the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias 
that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

95

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of Strix Group Plc

Key audit matters

Revenue recognition

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:
•  Obtaining a detailed understanding of the standard flows of transactions for 

Refer to notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements.

each material revenue stream;

Fraud Risk – Revenue recognition through 
inappropriate manual journal entries.

The Directors and management participate  
in reward and incentive schemes, including 
share-based payment programmes that may 
incentivise or place pressure on the Directors and 
management to manipulate revenue recognition.

There is a risk that management may override 
controls to intentionally misstate revenue 
transactions by recording fictitious revenue 
transactions through inappropriate manual 
journal entries.

•  Employing data analytics tools to trace revenue transactions to cash 

receipts; and to identify transactions which did not follow the standard flows, 
which were verified to originating documentation to confirm that the entries 
were valid;

•  Considering the stated accounting policy in respect of revenue recognition 
and whether it is compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRS’) 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’;

•  Testing significant controls in relation to the sales process, including the 

automated generation of invoices and packing lists, and approval of changes 
to standing data;

•  Testing revenue cut-off around the year-end by selecting a sample of 

transactions from either side of the year-end to supporting documentation, 
as well as reviewing post year-end credit notes issued for indications of 
revenue manipulation; and

•  Testing a sample of revenue transactions back to the purchase order,  

the invoice and proof of receipt from the client to confirm occurrence and 
accuracy of the transaction.

Based on our work we did not identify any evidence of inappropriate 
management override in respect of the amount of revenue recorded through 
inappropriate journal entries.

Other information
The other information comprises the Directors’ report and the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities (but does not include the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon), which we obtained prior to the date of the auditor’s report, and the other information to be 
included in the annual report and accounts, which is expected to be made available to us after that date. The Directors are responsible for 
the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. When we read the 
other information to be included in the annual report and accounts, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are 
required to communicate the matter to the Directors.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with  
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and Isle of Man law, and for such internal control  
as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

96

Annual report and accounts 2021

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the 
audit. We also:
• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform 
audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures 

made by the Directors.

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 

obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report 
to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group 
to cease to continue as a going concern.

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 

financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group 
to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of 
the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the Directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit 
findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to 
communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where 
applicable, related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated with the Directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report 
unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to 
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

This report, including the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with our 
engagement letter dated 27 January 2022 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for 
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by 
our prior consent in writing.

Nicholas Halsall
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
Chartered Accountants
Douglas, Isle of Man
29 March 2022

97

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue

Cost of sales – before exceptional items
Cost of sales – exceptional items

Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs

Administrative expenses – before exceptional items
Administrative expenses – exceptional items

Administrative expenses
Share of (losses)/profits from joint ventures
Other operating income

Operating profit
Analysed as:

Adjusted EBITDA1
Amortisation 
Depreciation
Right-of-use depreciation
Exceptional items

Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before taxation
Income tax expense

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (pence)
Basic
Diluted

Note

7

6

6

11
12
12
6

8

9

10
10

2021
£000s

119,410 

(71,986) 
(3,578)

(75,564)

43,846
(9,168)

(5,107)
(6,363)

(11,470)
(50)
562

23,720

40,540
(2,310)
(3,173)
(1,396)
(9,941)

23,720

(2,226)
13

21,507
(860)

20,647

(1,693)

18,954

20,599
48

20,647

18,736
218

18,954

10.0
9.8

2020
£000s

95,305

(55,896)
(504)

(56,400)

38,905
(5,001)

(3,479)
(4,952)

(8,431)
61
1,101

26,635

38,080
(1,477)
(3,042)
(1,470)
(5,456)

26,635

(1,194)
13

25,454
(1,384)

24,070

31

24,101

24,049
21

24,070

24,120
(19)

24,101

12.2
11.7

1.  Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before finance costs, tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items, is a non-GAAP metric used by management and  

is not an IFRS disclosure. 

The notes on pages 102 to 136 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 31 December 2021

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures
Net investments in finance leases

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital and share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Future lease liabilities
Contingent consideration
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Future lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Borrowings
Contingent consideration
Post-employment benefits

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note 

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

11
12

15
16
17

24
23

18
19
26
14
18

26
14
19
14
5(c)

30,468 
42,763 
28 
15 

73,274

20,022
25,511
19,670

65,203

138,477

13,139
2,039
10,146
681

29,648
37,205
92
–

66,945

15,224
20,672
15,446

51,342

118,287

13,130
1,913
6,290
716

26,005

22,049

25,886
1,064
773
6,082
1,631

35,436

2,598
2,303
69,782
1,382
971

77,036

112,472

138,477

27,151
2,220
1,254
–
3,048

33,673

2,846
2,558
50,426
5,380
1,355

62,565

96,238

118,287

The consolidated financial statements on pages 98 to 136 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 
29 March 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mark Bartlett 
Director   

Raudres Wong
Director

99

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Share capital 
and share 
premium
£000s

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£000s

Retained 
(deficit)/ 
earnings
£000s

Total equity 
attributable to 
owners
£000s

Non-
controlling 
interests
£000s

Total equity
£000s

Balance at 1 January 2020 

1,900

13,063

(14,052)

–

21
(40)

(19)

–
(108)
843
–
–
–

735

–

716

48
170

218

–
(253)
–
–

911

24,070
31

24,101

(15,310)
–
843
–
11,230
1,869

(1,368)

(1,595)

22,049

20,647
(1,693)

18,954

(16,510)
–
–
1,549

300

(15,017)

(14,708)

(253)

(14,961)

(174)

137

(37)

–

681

(37)

26,005

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expenses)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid (note 25)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14)
Transfers between reserves (note 23)
Issue of shares (note 24)
Share-based payment transactions (note 23)

Total transactions with owners recognised 

directly in equity

Other transactions recognised directly in 

equity (note 23)

Balance at 1 January 2021

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expenses)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid (note 25)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Transfers between reserves (note 23)
Share-based payment transactions (note 23)

Total transactions with equity holders 

recognised directly in equity

Other transactions recognised directly 

in equity

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
11,230
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
(13,019)
–
1,869

24,049
71

24,120

(15,310)
108
–
13,019
–
–

911

24,049
71

24,120

(15,310)
108
–
–
11,230
1,869

11,230

(11,150)

(2,183)

(2,103)

–

1,913

–
–

–

–
–
(1,249)
1,549

(1,595)

6,290

20,599
(1,863)

18,736

(16,510)
253
1,240
–

(1,595)

21,333

20,599
(1,863)

18,736

(16,510)
253
–
1,549

–

13,130

–
–

–

–
–
9
–

9

–

Balance at 31 December 2021

13,139

2,039

10,146

25,324

The notes on pages 102 to 136 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

100

 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Capitalised development costs
Purchase of LAICA S.p.A. net of cash acquired
Purchase of other intangibles
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
Finance income

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdowns under credit facility
Repayment of borrowings
Finance costs paid
Principal elements of lease payments
Proceeds from issue of new shares
Dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effects of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The notes on pages 102 to 136 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

 Note

27

11
14
11

19
19
19
26
23
25

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

24,206
(1,916)

22,290

(12,049)
(3,609)
(1,605)
(1,487)
1,750
13

(16,987)

24,000 
(5,820) 
(1,170)
(1,562)
–
(16,510)
(254)

(1,316)

3,987
15,446
237

19,670

32,120
(908)

31,212

(12,999)
(2,808)
(6,735)
(1,642)
–
13

(24,171)

22,193
(12,339)
(1,951)
(1,455)
3,800
(15,310)
(63)

(5,125)

1,916
13,658
(128)

15,446

101

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2021

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
Strix Group Plc (‘the Company’) was incorporated and registered in the Isle of Man on 12 July 2017 as a company limited by shares under 
the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006 with the registered number 014963V. The address of its registered office is Forrest House, 
Ronaldsway, Isle of Man, IM9 2RG. 

The Company’s shares were admitted to trading on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, on 8 August 2017. The principal 
activities of Strix Group Plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) are the design, manufacture and supply of kettle safety controls 
and other components and devices involving water heating and temperature control, steam management, water filtration and small 
household appliances for personal health and wellness. 

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Group’s principal accounting policies, all of which have been applied consistently to all of the years presented, are set out below.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’)  
and International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee (‘IFRS IC’) interpretations as adopted by the European Union.  
The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). The financial statements 
have been prepared on the going concern basis.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  
It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving  
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements, are disclosed in note 3.

Historical cost convention
The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following:
•  Contingent consideration – measured at fair value.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control commences and are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 
The financial statements of all Group companies are adjusted, where necessary, to ensure the use of consistent accounting policies. 

Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group is exposed to or has the rights to variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. Consolidation of subsidiaries ceases from 
the date that control also ceases.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of financial position, respectively.

Joint ventures 
Joint ventures are joint arrangements of which the Group has joint control, with rights to the net assets of those arrangements. Joint 
control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities 
require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of 
accounting (detailed below) after being recognised at cost in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

102

Annual report and accounts 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

Equity method of accounting
Under the equity method of accounting, investments in joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to 
recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses from the joint arrangement in profit or loss, and the Group’s share  
of movements in other comprehensive income of the joint arrangement in other comprehensive income. Dividends received from joint 
ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in 
these entities.

The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance with the impairment of assets policy as 
described below in this note.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Intra-group balances, and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing 
the consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations 
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date with the assets and liabilities of 
subsidiaries being measured at their fair values. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets 
acquired is recognised as goodwill. The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:
•  The fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
•  The recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
• 
•  The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the pre-existing interest in the acquiree; less

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, 
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity  
on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the fair value of the acquired entity’s net 
identifiable assets. Transaction costs that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

If the initial accounting for a business combination is preliminary by the end of the reporting period in which the business combination 
occurs, provisional amounts are reported. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, or additional assets 
or liabilities recognised to reflect the facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis.

The Directors have made enquiries to assess the appropriateness of continuing to adopt the going concern basis. The Directors no 
longer consider going concern to be a critical accounting judgement as was previously disclosed in the prior year financial statements.  
In determining that going concern is no longer a critical accounting judgement they have taken into account the following:
•  The strong historic trading performance of the Group;
•  Budgets and cash flow forecasts for the period to December 2023;
•  The current financial position of the Group, including its cash and cash equivalents balances of £19.7m;
•  The availability of further funding should this be required (including the headroom of £10m on the revolving credit facility and the 

access to the AIM market afforded by the Company’s admission to AIM);

•  The low liquidity risk the Group is exposed to;
•  The fact that the Group operates within a sector that is experiencing relatively stable demand for its products, amidst the global 

COVID-19 pandemic; and

•  That there has been no disruption to the Group’s manufacturing or supply chain.

Based on these considerations, the Directors have concluded that there are no material uncertainties that may cast significant  
doubt on its ability to continue as a going concern and the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for  
the foreseeable future. As a result, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the  
consolidated financial statements.

103

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Foreign currency translation 
Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial information of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pound 
Sterling, which is Strix Group Plc’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income within cost of sales.

Group companies 
The results and financial position of foreign operations that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows:
•  Assets, including intangible assets and goodwill arising on acquisition of those foreign operations, and liabilities for each statement  
of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position, or at historic rates 
for certain line items;
Income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income presented are translated at average exchange rates (unless this 
is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and 
expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

• 

•  All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. Such translation differences are reclassified to 

profit or loss only on disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation.

Standards, amendments and interpretations adopted
The Group has applied the amendments to IFRS 9 in relation to Interest Rate Benchmark Reform in the year. For the borrowings measured 
using amortised cost measurement where interest rates have been modified to be linked to SONIA rather than LIBOR, this change has 
been reflected by adjusting the effective interest rate. No immediate gain or loss has been recognised. Other than the above, there are  
no other standards, amendments to standards or interpretations that the Group has applied for the first time in the reporting period 
commencing 1 January 2021 that have had a material impact on the financial statements.

Standards, amendments and interpretations which are not effective or early adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2021 reporting 
periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in  
the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Property, plant and equipment 
Initial recognition and measurement
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the 
original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. When 
parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the components are accounted for as separate items. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is  
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured  
reliably. The carrying value of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss  
during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Subsequent measurement
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets, net of any residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives as follows:
•  Plant and machinery 
•  Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
•  Motor vehicles 
•  Production tools 
•  Right-of-use assets 
•  Land and buildings 

3–10 years
2–5 years
3–5 years
1–5 years
2–8 years, based on the lease terms
50 years

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
The Group manufactures some of its production tools and equipment. The costs of construction are included within a separate category 
within property, plant and equipment (‘assets under construction’) until the tools and equipment are ready for use at which point the 
costs are transferred to the relevant asset category and depreciated. Any items that are scrapped are written off to the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.

Fixtures, fittings and other equipment includes computer hardware.

Derecognition
Property, plant and equipment assets are derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or 
disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of property, plant and equipment, measured as the difference between net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
on derecognition.

Impairment
Tangible assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 

Intangible assets 
Initial recognition and measurement
The Group’s intangible assets relate to goodwill, capitalised development costs, intellectual property, customer relationships, brands and 
computer software. Goodwill is the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities in a business combination and relates to assets which are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognised. 
Goodwill acquired is allocated to those cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) expected to benefit from the business combination in which the 
goodwill arose. Goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is held in the functional currency of the 
acquired entity to which it relates and remeasured at the closing exchange rate at the end of each reporting period, with the movement 
taken through other comprehensive income. The CGUs represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for 
internal management purposes. 

Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready for use. 
Internal costs that are incurred during the development of significant and separately identifiable new products and manufacturing 
techniques for use in the business are capitalised when the following criteria are met:
• 
It is technically feasible to complete the project so that it will be available for use;
•  Management intends to complete the project and use or sell it;
• 
•  Adequate technical, financial, and other resources to complete the project and to use or sell the project output are available; and
•  Expenditure attributable to the project during its development can be reliably measured.

It can be demonstrated how the project will develop probable future economic benefits;

Capitalised development costs include employee, travel and other directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce and prepare 
the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Refer to note 6(a) for details.

Intellectual property is capitalised where it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the patent will flow to the Group, 
and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of renewing and maintaining patents are expensed in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income as they are incurred.

Customer relationships, intellectual property and brands are recognised on acquisitions where it is probable that future economic 
benefits will flow to the Group.

Computer software is only capitalised when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the software will flow to the 
Group, and the cost of the software can be measured reliably. Computer software that is integral to an item of property, plant and 
equipment is included as part of the cost of the asset recognised in property, plant and equipment. 

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. 

105

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

Subsequent measurement
The Group amortises intangible assets with a limited useful life using the straight-line method over the following periods:
•  Capitalised development costs 
• 
•  Technology and software  
•  Customer relationships 
•  Brands 

2–5 years
Lower of useful or legal life
2–10 years
10–13 years
Indefinite useful life

Intellectual property 

Brands have an indefinite useful life because there is no foreseeable limit on the period during which the Group expects to consume the 
future economic benefits embodied in the asset. The LAICA brand has been trading since inception and has been a well recognisable 
brand amongst the Group’s trading partners, and the Group does not foresee a time limit by when these partnerships will cease. 

Amortisation is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives above. 

Derecognition
Intangible assets are derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses 
arising from derecognition of intangible assets, measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount 
of the asset, and are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income when the asset is derecognised. Where a 
subsidiary is sold, any goodwill arising on acquisition, net of any impairment, is included in determining the profit or loss arising on disposal. 

Impairment
Intangible assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment,  
or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets (CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives impairment assessments
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives arising on business combinations are allocated to the relevant CGU and are treated as the 
foreign operation’s assets.

Impairment reviews are performed at least annually, or more frequently if there are indicators that goodwill might be impaired.  
The Group has assessed the carrying values of goodwill and brands to determine whether any amounts have been impaired.  
The recoverable amount of the underlying CGU was based on a value in use model where future cash flows were discounted using a 
weighted average cost of capital as the discount rate with terminal values calculated applying a long-term growth rate. In determining 
the recoverable amount, the Group considered several sources of estimation uncertainty and made certain assumptions or judgements 
about the future. Future events could cause the assumptions used in the impairment review to change with an impact on the results 
and net position of the Group.

Leases
The leasing activities of the Group and how these are accounted for
The Group leases office space, workshops, warehouses and factory space. Rental contracts are typically made for periods of 3–10 years, 
but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and 
conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognised as right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use 
by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability, finance costs and foreign exchange (where the lease is denominated 
in a foreign currency). The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The ROU asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life 
and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

Measurement of future lease liabilities
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Future lease liabilities include the net present 
value of the following lease payments:
•  Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
•  Variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
•  Amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
•  The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that options; and
•  The payment of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is 
generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would 
have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the ROU asset in a similar economic environment with 
similar terms, security and conditions.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability 
for each period.

Measurement of right-of-use assets
ROU assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
•  The amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
•  Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
•  Any initial direct costs; and
•  Restoration costs.

ROU assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets 
comprise primarily IT equipment.

Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. These terms are used to maximise 
operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts. 

Lease income
Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor, and where substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the 
leased asset remain with the Group, is recognised in other income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Financial assets
Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets as financial assets held at amortised cost. Management determines the classification of its 
financial assets at initial recognition.

The Group classifies its financial assets as at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:
•  The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
•  The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Financial assets held at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value, and are subsequently stated at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. Financial assets at amortised cost comprise cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables 
(excluding prepayments and the advance purchase of commodities). Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for products 
sold performed in the ordinary course of business. They are due for settlement either on a cash in advance basis, or generally within 
45 days, and are therefore all classified as current. Other receivables generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating 
activities of the Group.

107

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

Impairment of financial assets 
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised 
cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

The Group applies the expected credit loss model to financial assets at amortised cost. For trade receivables, the Group applies the 
simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the 
receivables. Given the nature of the Group’s receivables, expected lifetime losses are not material.

Financial liabilities
With the exception of contingent consideration, the Group initially recognises its financial liabilities at fair value net of transaction  
costs where applicable and subsequently they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial liabilities 
comprise trade payables, payments in advance from customers and other liabilities. They are initially recognised at transaction price, 
unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the debt instrument is measured at the present value of the future 
payments discounted at a market rate of interest. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognised in profit or loss.

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. 
Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities. Other liabilities include rebates.

Borrowing costs
Borrowings, including option-type arrangements, are recognised initially at fair value. Option-type borrowing arrangements are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost. Fees paid on the establishment of such option-type arrangements are recognised as a ‘right 
to borrow’ asset, and are capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which the fees 
relate. This prepayment has been deducted from the carrying value of the financial liability. 

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are 
capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are 
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the 
temporary investment of specific borrowings, pending their expenditure on qualifying assets, is deducted from the borrowing costs 
eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with a maturity of three months or less. While cash and cash 
equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, impairment losses are not material.

Employee benefits 
The Group provides a range of benefits to employees, including annual bonus arrangements, paid holiday entitlements and defined 
benefit and contribution pension plans.

Short-term benefits
Short-term benefits, including holiday pay and similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the period in which the 
service is rendered. The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses where contractually obliged or where there is a past 
practice that has created a constructive obligation.

Pensions
Subsidiary companies operate both defined contribution and defined benefit plans for the benefit of their employees. 

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no 
legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits 
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have 
been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan 
that is not a defined contribution plan. 

108

Annual report and accounts 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Typically, defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on 
one or more factors, such as age, years of service or compensation.

The liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position in respect of the defined benefit scheme is the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial position date less the fair value of the scheme assets, together with 
adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated by qualified 
independent actuaries using the projected unit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting 
the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which 
the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the defined benefit pension obligation at  
the beginning of the accounting period, to the net pension obligation at the beginning of the accounting period taking into account any 
changes in the net pension obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 

Pension scheme expenses are charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income within administrative expenses. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit 
pension scheme deficits before tax relief are presented separately in the consolidated statement of financial position within non-
current liabilities. 

Share-based payments
The Group has issued conditional equity-settled share-based options and conditional share awards under a Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) in the parent company to certain employees. Under the LTIP, the Group receives services from employees as consideration for 
equity instruments of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised 
as an expense. 

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:
• 

Including any market performance conditions such as the requirement for the Group’s shares to be above a certain price for  
a pre-determined period;

•  Excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions, including earnings per share targets,  

dividend targets, and remaining an employee of the Group over a specified period of time; and
Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions, where relevant.

• 

These awards are measured at fair value on the date of the grant using an option pricing model and expensed in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, after making an allowance for the estimated number 
of shares that will not vest. The level of vesting is reviewed and adjusted bi-annually in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, at a minimum, an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified.  
An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment, or is otherwise 
beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

If an equity award is cancelled by forfeiture, where the vesting conditions (other than market conditions) have not been met, any expense 
not yet recognised for that award as at the date of forfeiture is treated as if it had never been recognised. At the same time, any expense 
previously recognised on such cancelled equity awards is reversed, effective as at the date of forfeiture.

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

Further details on the awards is included in note 23. 

Inventories
Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods which are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined 
using the weighted average cost formula. Cost comprises expenditure which has been incurred in the normal course of business in 
bringing the products to their present location and condition, and include all related production and engineering overheads at cost.  
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling expenses. At the end of each 
reporting period, inventories are assessed for impairment. If inventory is impaired, the identified inventory is reduced to its selling price 
less costs to complete and an impairment charge is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

109

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Revenue 
The Group primarily recognises revenue from the sales of goods to its customers. The amount of revenue relating to the provision of 
services is minimal and the Group does not undertake any significant long-term contracts with its customers where revenue is 
recognised over time. 

The transaction price is based on the sales agreement with the customer. Revenue is reported net of sales rebates, which are based on a 
certain volume of purchases by a customer within a given period. Other than sales rebates, there is no variable consideration. Rebates are 
contractually agreed taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement. No 
element of financing is deemed present because the sales are made under normal credit terms, which is consistent with market practice. 
Revenues associated with sales rebates are recognised on an expected value approach.

The performance obligation is the delivery of goods to customers, and revenue is recognised on dispatch for most revenue transactions. 
Otherwise, revenue is recognised when the products have been shipped to a specific location, or when the risks of obsolescence and 
loss have been transferred to the Original Equipment Manufacturer (‘OEM’) or wholesaler. There are a very small number of revenue 
transactions where different performance obligations and/or recognition patterns occur. All of the amounts recognised as revenue are 
based on contracts with customers. 

The Group does not create any contract assets and all amounts are recognised as trade receivables as there are no performance 
conditions other than the passage of time. Payment terms for the majority of customers are to pay cash in advance of the goods being 
delivered. The Group recognises these balances within trade and other payables on the consolidated statement of financial position 
as ‘Payments in advance from customers’. At the point the revenue is recognised, these balances are transferred from ‘Payments in 
advance from customers’ to revenue. For the majority of other customers payment is normally due within 30 to 45 days from the date  
of sale. 

Due to the simple nature of the Group’s revenue no significant judgements have been made in the application of IFRS 15.

All revenue is derived from the principal activities of the Group. 

Cost of sales
Cost of sales comprise costs arising in connection with the manufacture of thermostatic controls, cordless interfaces, and other 
products such as water jugs and filters. Cost is based on the cost of purchases on a first in, first out basis and includes all direct costs and 
an appropriate portion of fixed and variable overheads where they are directly attributable to bringing the inventories into their present 
location and condition. This also includes an allocation of non-production overheads, costs of designing products for specific customers 
and amortisation of capitalised development costs. 

Exceptional items
An item is treated as exceptional if it is considered unusual by its nature or size, and is of such significance that separate disclosure is 
required in order to assess the underlying operating performance of the Group. These items are unusual or infrequent in nature, and also 
meet the following criteria of classification: 
• 

If a certain event (defined as exceptional) had not occurred, the costs would not have been incurred or the income would not have 
been earned; or the costs attributable to the event have been identified using a reliable methodology of splitting amounts on an 
ongoing basis; and 

•  Economic resources have been expended in order to directly contribute towards the related activities; and 
•  Costs have been incurred that cannot be recovered due to the event and the related activities.

The Board considers the quantitative and qualitative factors in classifying items as exceptional in nature, including frequency and 
predictability of occurrence of the related event, as well as the nature and size of the items, looked at individually and in aggregate with 
other items of a similar nature. Exceptional items charges are excluded from EBITDA to calculate adjusted EBITDA. Refer to note 6(b) for 
further details. 

Research and development
Research expenditure is written off to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income within cost of sales in the year in which it is 
incurred. Development expenditure is written off in the same way unless the Directors are satisfied as to the technical, commercial and 
financial viability of the individual projects. In this situation, the expenditure is classified on the consolidated statement of financial 
position as a capitalised development cost.

110

Annual report and accounts 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Finance costs
Finance costs comprise interest charges on lease liabilities, pension liabilities, interest on non-current borrowings, and finance charges 
relating to letters of credit. Finance costs are recognised when the right to make a payment is established.

Finance income
Finance income comprises bank interest receivable on funds invested. Finance income is recognised when the right to receive a payment 
is established.

Income tax 
Income tax for the years presented comprises current tax. Income tax is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates  
to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income,  
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they 
arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable 
profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end 
of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax 
liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary 
differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of 
investments in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is 
probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and where 
the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a 
legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Share capital and share premium
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares are shown in equity as 
a deduction from the proceeds. Share premium arising on the issue of shares is distributable. Share capital and share premium have been 
grouped for the purposes of financial statement presentation. 

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is when declared 
by the Directors. In the case of final dividends, this is when approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’).

Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The 
chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments, 
has been identified as the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors consists of the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors. 

111

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Government grants
Subsidiary companies receive grants from the Isle of Man and Chinese governments towards revenue and capital expenditure. 
Government grants are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all 
attached conditions complied with. 

Revenue grants are recognised as income over the period necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is 
intended to compensate. The grant income is presented within other operating income in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income.

Capital grants are initially recognised as deferred income liabilities when received, and subsequently recognised as other income in profit 
or loss on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the related asset. The grants are dependent on the subsidiary company having 
fulfilled certain operating, investment and profitability criteria in the financial year, primarily relating to employment. 

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA – non-GAAP performance measures
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation (‘EBITDA’) and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures used by 
management to assess the operating performance of the Group. Exceptional items charges are excluded from EBITDA to calculate 
adjusted EBITDA.

The Directors primarily use the adjusted EBITDA measure when making decisions about the Group’s activities. As these are non-GAAP 
measures, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA measures used by other entities may not be calculated in the same way and hence are not 
directly comparable.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2, the Directors are required to make judgements (other 
than those involving estimations) that have a significant impact on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions 
about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. There is no change in applying accounting policies for critical accounting estimates and judgements from the prior year.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the entity’s accounting policies
Functional currency
The Directors consider the factors set out in paragraphs 9, 10 and 11 of IAS 21, ‘The effects of changes in foreign currency’ to determine 
the appropriate functional currency of its overseas operations. These factors include the currency that mainly influences sales prices, 
labour, material and other costs, the competitive market serviced, financing cash flows and the degree of autonomy granted to the 
subsidiaries.

The Directors have applied judgement in determining the most appropriate functional currency for all entities to be Pound Sterling, with 
the exception of Strix (Hong Kong) Ltd which has a Hong Kong Dollar functional currency, Strix (USA), Inc. which has a United States Dollar 
functional currency, HaloSource Water Purification Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd which have a Chinese Yuan functional currency, LAICA 
S.p.A. and LAICA Iberia Distribution S.L. which both have a Euro functional currency, and LAICA International Corp. and Taiwan LAICA Corp. 
which both have a Taiwan Dollar functional currency. This may change as the Group’s operations and markets change in the future. 

Capitalisation of development costs
The Directors consider the factors set out in the paragraphs entitled ‘Intangible assets – initial recognition and measurement’ in note 2 
with regard to the timing of the capitalisation of the development costs incurred. This requires judgement in determining when the 
different stages of development have been met.

112

Annual report and accounts 2021

4. SEGMENTAL REPORTING 
Management has determined the operating segments based on the operating reports reviewed by the Board of Directors that are used 
to assess both performance and strategic decisions. Management has identified that the Board of Directors is the chief operating 
decision maker in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. 

The Group’s activities consist of the design, manufacture and sale of thermostatic controls, cordless interfaces, and other products  
such as water jugs and filters, primarily to OEMs based in China and Italy. 

The Board of Directors has identified three reportable segments from a product perspective, namely: kettle controls, water category 
and appliances category. 

The Board of Directors primarily uses a measure of gross profit to assess the performance of the operating segments, broken down into 
revenue and cost of sales for each respective segment which is reported to them on a monthly basis. Information about segment revenue 
is disclosed below, as well as in note 7.

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Reported gross profit 
2021 
(£000s)

Water  
category

21,404
(14,617)

6,787

Appliances 
category

12,889
(8,067)

4,822

Reported gross profit 
2020 
(£000s)

Water  
category

Appliances 
category

11,744
(9,387)

2,357

3,745
(2,991)

754

Total

119,410
(75,564)

43,846

Total

95,305
(56,400)

38,905

Kettle 
controls

85,117
(52,880)

32,237

Kettle 
controls

79,816
(44,022)

35,794

Included in cost of sales are amounts of depreciation and amortisation totalling £4,072,000 for kettle controls, £1,168,000 for water 
category, and £609,000 for appliances category (2020: £3,910,000 for kettle controls, £834,000 for water category, and £266,000  
for appliances category).

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Adjusted gross profit1 
2021 
(£000s)

Kettle controls

Water  
category

Appliances 
category

85,117
(49,455)

35,662

21,404
(14,500)

6,904

12,889
(8,031)

4,858

Total

119,410
(71,986)

47,424

Adjusted gross profit1 
2020 
(£000s)

Kettle controls

Water  
category

Appliances 
category

79,816
(43,582) 

36,234

11,744
(9,334) 

2,410

3,745
(2,980) 

Total

95,305
(55,896) 

765

39,409

1.  Adjusted gross profit excludes exceptional items, which include strategic project costs as detailed in note 6(b). Adjusted results are non-GAAP metrics used by management 

and are not an IFRS disclosure.

113

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

4. SEGMENTAL REPORTING continued
Assets and liabilities
No analysis of the assets and liabilities of each operating segment is provided to the Board of Directors as part of monthly management 
reporting. Therefore, no analysis of segmented assets or liabilities is disclosed in this note. 

Non-current assets (i) attributed to country of domicile and (ii) attributable to all other foreign countries
A geographical analysis of revenue from external customers has not been presented, as the OEMs to whom the majority of sales are 
made are primarily based in China and Italy.

In accordance with IFRS 8, the following table discloses the non-current assets located in both the Company’s country of domicile  
(the Isle of Man) and foreign countries, primarily China, where one of the Group’s principle subsidiaries is domiciled.

Country of domicile 
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Total country of domicile non-current assets

Foreign countries 
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Total foreign non-current assets

Total non-current assets

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

9,756 
2,742 

12,498 

20,712 
40,021 

60,733 

73,231

8,888 
2,958 

11,846 

20,760 
34,247 

55,007 

66,853 

Major customers
In 2021, there were two major customers that individually accounted for at least 10% of total revenues (2020: two customers).  
The revenues relating to these customers in 2021 were £15,390,000 and £12,133,000 (2020: £13,683,000 and £11,618,000).

5. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS 
(a) Employee benefit expenses 

Wages and salaries
Defined contribution pension cost (note 5(c)(i) and 5(c)(ii))

Employee benefit expenses

Share-based payment transactions (note 23)

Total employee benefit expenses

2021
£000s

28,167
684

28,851

1,549

30,400

2020
£000s

18,347
631

18,978

1,869

20,847

(b) Key management compensation 
The following table details the aggregate compensation paid in respect of the key management, which includes the Directors and the 
members of the Trading Board, representing members of the senior management team from all key departments of the Group.

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payment transactions

2021
£000s

2,025
149
–
311

2,485

2020
£000s

1,673 
160 
99 
404

2,336

There are no defined benefit schemes for key management. Pension costs under defined contribution schemes are included in the 
post-employment benefits disclosed above. 

114

 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

5. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS continued
(c) Retirement benefits 
(i) The Strix Limited Retirement Fund
The Strix Limited Retirement Fund is a defined contribution scheme under which the assets of the scheme are held separately from those 
of the Group in an independently administered fund. The pension cost charge represents costs payable by the Group to the fund and 
amounted to £684,000 (2020: £611,000). 

(ii) LAICA S.p.A. Termination Indemnity
LAICA S.p.A. operates a defined benefit plan for its employees in accordance with the Italian Termination Indemnity (named ‘Trattamento 
di Fine Rapporto’ or ‘TFR’) provisions defined by the National Civil Code (Article 2120). In accordance with IAS 19, the TFR provision is a 
defined benefit plan, which is based on the principle to allocate the final cost of benefits over the periods of service which give rise to  
an accrual of deferred rights under each particular benefit plan. 

The calculation of the liability is based on both the length of service and on the remuneration received by the employee during that period 
of service. Article 2120 states that severance pay is due to the employee by the companies in any case of termination of the employment 
contract. For each year of service, severance pay accruals are based on total annual compensation divided by 13.50. Although the benefit 
is paid in full by the employer, part (0.5% of pay) of the annual accrual is paid to Istituto Nazionale della Previdenza Sociale (‘INPS’) by the 
employer, and is subtracted from the severance pay accruals for the contribution reference period. As of 31 December of every year,  
the severance pay accrued as of 31 December of the preceding year is revalued by an index stipulated by law as follows: 1.5% plus 75%  
of the increase over the last 12 months in the consumer price index, as determined by the Italian Statistical Institute.

In accordance with IAS 19, the determination of the present value of the liability is carried out by an independent actuary under the 
projected unit method. This method considers each period of service provided by workers at the Company as a unit of additional right. 
The actuarial liability must therefore be quantified based on seniority reached at the valuation date and reproportioned based on  
the ratio between the years of service accrued at the reference date of the assessment and the overall seniority reached at the time 
scheduled for the payment of the benefit. Furthermore, this method provides to consider future salary increases, due to any cause 
(inflation, career, contract renewals, etc), up to the time of termination of the employment relationship.

The below chart summarises the defined benefit pension liability of LAICA S.p.A. at 31st December 2021:

Liability as at 1 January
Current service cost for the period
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Liability as at 31 December

The key actuarial assumptions used in arriving at these figures include:
•  Annual discount rate of 0.87% (2020: 2.5%)
•  Annual price inflation of 1.6% (2020: 6.0%)
•  Annual TFR increase of 2.7% (2020: 2.1%)
•  Demographic assumptions based on INPS published data

2021
£000s

898
58
(59)

897

2020
£000s

878
20
–

898

The remainder of the post-employment benefit liability of £74,000 (2020: £457,000) as at 31 December 2021 is made up of contractual 
post-employment liabilities within LAICA S.p.A. that do not meet the definition of a defined benefit plan in accordance with IAS 19.

6. EXPENSES 
(a) Expenses by nature

Employee benefit expense 
Depreciation charges 
ROU depreciation charges
Amortisation and impairment charges
Exceptional items (see below)
Foreign exchange losses

2021
£000s

28,851
3,173
1,396
2,310
9,941
186

2020
£000s

18,978 
3,042 
1,470 
1,477 
5,456 
505 

Research and development expenditure totalled £5,324,000 (2020: £4,117,000), and £3,609,000 (2020: £2,808,000) of development costs 
have been capitalised during the year.

115

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

6. EXPENSES continued
(b) Exceptional items
The main categories of exceptional items relate to major exceptional events or projects impacting the Group’s underlying operations, 
namely strategic projects undertaken relating to the construction of, and relocation to, the new Chinese factory for costs which were  
not eligible for capitalisation, strategic projects relating to mergers and acquisitions with particular reference to the acquisition of LAICA 
in the prior year and its continued integration into the Group in the current year, COVID-19-related costs and related impacts on Group 
operations, reorganisation and restructuring projects, and the Group’s share incentive initiatives for conditional share options and  
awards issued to certain employees of the Group (refer to note 23 for further details). 

Exceptional items have been broken down as follows:

Exceptional items in cost of sales:
Assets written off due to relocation to new factory
Other costs relating to relocation to new factory
COVID-19-related costs
Reorganisation costs

Exceptional items in administrative expenses:
Share-based payments
Other costs relating to relocation to new factory
Mergers and acquisitions-related costs
COVID-19-related costs
Reorganisation costs

Total exceptional items

2021
£000s

1,679
1,596
226
77

3,578

1,549
1,140
2,749
819
106

6,363

9,941 

2020
£000s

–
–
439
65

504

1,869
–
2,623
191
269

4,952

5,456 

Also included as an exceptional item are finance costs of £780,000 (2020: £nil) relating to the discount unwinding of the present values  
of contingent liabilities recognised per note 14. These costs have been included within finance costs in note 8. 

Costs relating to the new Chinese factory project were made up of assets written off with a net book value of £1.7m which could not be 
relocated as they would not be fit for the manufacturing operations at the new factory, and other relocation costs totalling £2.7m relating 
to disassembly of machinery at the old factory, moving costs, reassembly of machinery at the new factory, labour costs incurred for the 
relocation, set-up and cleaning costs, logistics services, approvals and inspections, consultancy and security services, and other costs 
directly related to the relocation. 

Mergers and acquisitions exceptional costs relate mainly to the accrual of costs amounting to £1.7m for 2021 as part of a supplemental 
consulting arrangement with the vendor shareholders of LAICA relating to compensation for post-combination services as these  
services are rendered to LAICA in 2021 and 2022 (refer to note 14). Other mergers and acquisitions costs totalling £1.0m relate to legal  
and consultancy fees incurred relating to the downstream merger of Strix Italy S.R.L. and LAICA in 2021, other legal and professional  
costs relating to the LAICA acquisition, and labour costs incurred on integration of LAICA into the Group. 

COVID-19-related exceptional costs are those items that are incremental and directly attributable to COVID-19. These are costs that 
would not have been incurred if the COVID-19 pandemic had not occurred and are not expected to recur once the effects have largely 
receded. In the current year, these mainly consisted of incremental labour costs as a result of the pandemic. Other COVID-19 exceptional 
costs included mothballing of certain activities as resources were reorganised in response to the impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
operations, additional cleaning and sanitation costs incurred as part of infection control or prevention, and exceptional freight and 
carriage costs paid to fill shortages of supplies, materials and products directly caused by impacts of COVID-19 on shipping and  
freight supply chains.

Reorganisation exceptional costs relate to costs incurred to relocate to new premises for the Group’s US office.

116

 
Annual report and accounts 2021

6. EXPENSES continued
(c) Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group (including its subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor as detailed below:

Fees payable to Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the consolidated  

financial statements 

Fees payable to Company’s auditor and its associates for other services: 
– the audit of Company’s subsidiaries
– other assurance services
– tax compliance and other

7. REVENUE
The following table shows a disaggregation of revenue into categories by product line:

Kettle controls
Water category 
Appliances category

Total revenue

8. FINANCE COSTS 

Letter of credit charges
ROU lease interest
Discount unwinding of present value of contingent liabilities
Borrowing costs

Total finance costs

2021
£000s

201

8
56
4

269

2021
£000s

85,117
21,404
12,889

119,410

2021
£000s

95
105
780
1,246

2,226

2020
£000s

178

24
12
7

221

2020
£000s

79,816
11,744
3,745

95,305

2020
£000s

89
103
–
1,002

1,194

The discount unwinding of present values relate to the contingent liabilities recognised per note 14. The amount has been included in 
finance costs as an exceptional item (refer to note 6).

9. TAXATION 

Analysis of charge in year

Current tax (overseas) and deferred tax
Current tax on overseas profits for the year
Movement in deferred tax liabilities

Total tax charge

2021
£000s

1,115
(255)

860

2020
£000s

1,384
–

1,384

Overseas tax relates primarily to tax payable by the Group’s subsidiaries in China and Italy. During 2016, the Group’s Chinese subsidiary 
paid additional tax of £1.1m following a benchmarking assessment by the Chinese tax authorities relating to contract processing 
businesses in the years 2009 to 2014. The potential additional liabilities for 2015 to 2018 of £0.9m (2020: £0.9m), has been included  
within the current tax liability balance in the consolidated statement of financial position as a result. The Chinese subsidiary  
converted to an import processing model in 2019.

117

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

9. TAXATION continued
A deferred tax liability of £2,303,000 (2020: £2,558,000) relates to timing differences arising on the recognition of intangible assets in 
LAICA S.p.A. Reconciliation of the movement in deferred tax liabilities has been presented below:

Deferred tax liability on 1 January 
Deferred tax on recognition of intangible assets on acquisition of LAICA S.p.A.
Reversal of deferred tax on utilisation of temporary differences

Deferred tax liability as at 31 December 

2021
£000s

2,558
–
(255)

2,303

2020
£000s

– 
2,558 
–

2,558 

As the most significant subsidiary in the Group is based on the Isle of Man, this is considered to represent the most relevant standard rate 
for the Group. The tax assessed for the year is higher than the standard rate of income tax in the Isle of Man of 0% (2020: 0%). The 
differences are explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the rate of income tax in the Isle of Man of 0% (2020: 0%)
Impact of higher overseas tax rate

Total taxation charge

2021
£000s

21,507

–
860

860

2020
£000s

25,454

–
1,384

1,384

The Group is subject to Isle of Man income tax on profits at the rate of 0% (2020: 0%), Chinese income tax on profits at the rate of 25% 
(2020: 25%) and Italian income tax on profits at a rate of 27.9% (2020: 27.9%). 

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data.

Earnings (£000s)
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share 

Number of shares (000s)
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
Weighted average dilutive effect of share awards 

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic earnings per ordinary share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (pence)1
Basic adjusted earnings per ordinary share1
Diluted adjusted earnings per ordinary share1

The calculation of basic and diluted adjusted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the year 

Add back:
Reorganisation costs/exit costs
Strategic project costs
Share-based payment transactions 

Adjusted earnings1

2021

2020

20,599

24,049

206,271
3,381

209,652

197,432
8,947

206,379

10.0
9.8

15.2
14.9

2021
£000s

20,599

183
8,988
1,549

31,319

12.2
11.7

14.9
14.3

2020
£000s

24,049

334
3,253
1,869

29,505

1.  Adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share exclude exceptional items, which include share-based payment transactions, COVID-19-related costs, reorganisation 

costs and other strategic project costs. Adjusted results are non-GAAP metrics used by management and are not an IFRS disclosure.

The denominators used to calculate both basic and adjusted earnings per share are the same as those shown above for both basic  
and diluted earnings per share.

118

 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Development 
costs
£000s

Software
£000s

Intellectual 
property
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

Brand 
name
£000s

Goodwill
£000s

Intangible 
assets under 
construction
£000s

Total
£000s

2021

At 1 January 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation  

and impairment

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14)
Transfers
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated amortisation)
Amortisation charge
Exchange differences

12,346

3,286

834

2,406

6,643

9,906

(4,999)

(710)

7,347

2,576

3,609
–
–
(29)
–
(1,563)
42

950
–
–
(8)
8
(495)
2

(64)

770

299
–
–
(1)
–
(47)
(4)

–

–

–

2,406

6,643

9,906

–
–
–
–
–
(205)
(165)

–
–
–
–
–
–
(469)

–
(487)
–
–
–
–
(683)

–

–

–

35,421

(5,773)

29,648

238
–
(172)
–
–
–
–

5,096
(487)
(172)
(38)
8
(2,310)
(1,277)

Closing net book value

9,406

3,033

1,017

2,036

6,174

8,736

66

30,468

At 31 December 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation  

and impairment

Net book value

15,971

4,186

1,128

2,232

6,174

8,736

66

38,493

(6,565)

(1,153)

(111)

(196)

–

–

9,406

3,033

1,017

2,036

6,174

8,736

–

66

(8,025)

30,468

Amortisation charges have been treated as an expense, and are allocated to cost of sales (£2,029,000), distribution costs £nil and 
administrative expenses (£281,000) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

During the current year, £172,000 (2020: £nil) of intangible assets under construction have been reclassified to property, plant and 
equipment, and £nil (2020: £861,000) of assets from property, plant and equipment (note 12) have been reclassified to intangible assets.

The Group’s goodwill and brands predominantly relate to those arising on the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. which was completed in 2020 
(note 14) which represents a single CGU. In the current year, the carrying values of goodwill and brands have been subject to an annual 
impairment test, and the recoverable amount of the CGU was determined on the basis of value in use calculations over a five-year 
forecast period. The key assumptions applied in the value in use calculations are a discount rate of 8.24%, variable trading margins, 
variable revenue growth rates as well as the terminal growth rate of 2%. Based on these calculations, there is sufficient headroom over 
the carrying values of goodwill and brands, hence no impairment has been recognised in the current year and there were no reversals  
of prior year impairments during the year (2020: same). 

The results of the Group impairment tests are dependent upon estimates and judgements, particularly in relation to the key assumptions 
described above. Sensitivity analysis to a reasonable and possible change in the most sensitive assumption, being the discount rate, was 
undertaken. An increase of 1% would decrease the headroom by £5.2m but still leave sufficient headroom over the carrying values of the 
goodwill and brands.

119

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS continued

At 1 January 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14)
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated depreciation)
Amortisation charge
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Development 
costs
£000s

Software
£000s

Intellectual 
property
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

Brand 
name
£000s

Goodwill
£000s

Total
£000s

2020

9,837 
(4,006) 

5,831 

922 
(540) 

382 

2,808
–
(300)
267
(1,260)
1

7,347

12,346
(4,999)

7,347

2,363
–
–
–
(170)
1

2,576

3,286
(710)

2,576

488 
(17) 

471 

140
214
–
–
(47)
(8)

770

834
(64)

770

–
–

–

–
2,406
–
–
–
–

2,406

2,406
–

2,406

–
–

–

384 
– 

384 

11,631 
(4,563) 

7,068 

–
6,643
–
–
–
–

6,643

6,643
–

6,643

–
9,522
–
–
–
–

5,311
18,785
(300)
267
(1,477)
(6)

9,906

29,648

9,906
–

9,906

35,421
(5,773)

29,648

Amortisation charges in the prior year were treated as an expense, and were allocated to cost of sales (£1,410,000), distribution costs £nil, 
and administrative expenses (£67,000) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

£861,000 of assets from property, plant and equipment (note 12) have been reclassified to intangible assets. These amounts are included 
within the additions of software and intellectual property.

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

At 1 January
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Transfers 
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated depreciation)
Depreciation charge 
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Plant & 
machinery
£000s

Fixtures, 
fittings & 
equipment
£000s

22,750
(12,686)

4,367
(3,428)

10,064

939

86
5,257
(7,021)
5,720
(1,776)
(49)

2,474
–
(1,238)
1,140
(568)
2

12,281

2,749

2021

Motor 
vehicles
£000s

Production 
tools
£000s

Land & 
buildings
£000s

ROU assets  
(note 26)
£000s

Assets under 
construction
£000s

Total
£000s

137
(95)

42

20
–
(5)
4
(27)
(1)

33

14,013
(12,140)

3,737
(129)

6,533
(2,605)

16,751
–

68,288
(31,083)

1,873

3,608

3,928

16,751

37,205

1
1,183
(901)
833
(724)
–

–
18,386
(2,297)
322
(78)
71

1,474
–
(1,469)
772
(1,396)
(62)

10,086
(24,654)
–
–
–
(7)

14,141
172
(12,931)
8,791
(4,569)
(46)

2,265

20,012

3,247

2,176

42,763

26,093
(13,812)

5,833
(3,084)

218
(185)

12,829
(10,564)

20,541
(529)

6,450
(3,203)

12,281

2,749

33

2,265

20,012

3,247

2,176
–

2,176

74,140
(31,377)

42,763

120

Annual report and accounts 2021

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
Depreciation charges are allocated to cost of sales (£3,821,000), distribution costs (£90,000) and administrative expenses (£658,000)  
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. During the year £172,000 (2020: £nil) of intangible assets under construction 
have been reclassified to property, plant and equipment. These amounts are included within the transfers in note 11. In addition, borrowing 
costs of £306,000 (2020: £190,000), calculated at prevailing rates of the revolving credit facility (note 19), have been capitalised to land  
and buildings in the year. 

Included in disposals during the period were (i) assets with net book value of £1,679,000 that were scrapped for £nil due to the move from 
the old to the new manufacturing plant in China, (ii) land and buildings with net book value of £1,794,000 in the Group’s subsidiary LAICA 
International Corp. disposed of in a sale and leaseback arrangement in line with the acquisition agreement for £1,750,000, and other 
assets with net book values of £668,000 that were disposed of for £nil, in particular ROU assets that were terminated before lease expiry 
dates due to relocations and early terminations.

At 1 January
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. 
Transfers 
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated depreciation)
Depreciation charge 
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Plant & 
machinery
£000s

Fixtures, 
fittings & 
equipment
£000s

21,924
(14,444)

4,126
(2,935)

7,480

1,191

–
769
3,239
(3,136)
3,125
(1,367)
(46)

10,064

413
37
–
(209)
208
(701)
–

939

22,750
(12,686)

10,064

4,367
(3,428)

939

2020

Motor 
vehicles
£000s

Production 
tools
£000s

Land & 
buildings
£000s

ROU assets  
(note 26)
£000s

Assets under 
construction
£000s

Total
£000s

130
(66)

64

–
7
–
–
–
(29)
–

42

137
(95)

42

13,298
(11,291)

2,007

–
–
715
–
–
(849)
–

1,996
(33)

1,963

–
1,769
7
–
–
(96)
(35)

5,386
(1,135)

4,251

–
1,150
–
–
–
(1,470)
(3)

8,569
–

8,569

55,429
(29,904)

25,525

13,094
–
(4,822)
–
–
–
(90)

13,507
3,732
(861)
(3,345)
3,333
(4,512)
(174)

1,873

3,608

3,928

16,751

37,205

14,013
(12,140)

3,737
(129)

6,533
(2,605)

1,873

3,608

3,928

16,751
– 

16,751

68,288
(31,083)

37,205

Depreciation charges in the prior year were allocated to cost of sales (£3,601,000), distribution costs (£137,000), and administrative 
expenses (£774,000) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

During the prior year, £861,000 of assets under construction have been reclassified to intangible assets. These amounts are included 
within the additions in note 11. In addition, borrowing costs of £190,000 (2019: £54,000) have been capitalised to land and buildings in 
the year.

121

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

13. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS AND JOINT ARRANGEMENTS OF THE GROUP
A list of all subsidiary undertakings controlled by the Group, and existing joint arrangements the Group is currently part of, which are all 
included in the consolidated financial statements, is set out below. 

Name of entity 

Nature of business

Sula Limited
Strix Limited
Strix Guangzhou Limited
Strix (U.K.) Limited
Strix Hong Kong Limited
Strix (China) Limited
HaloSource Water Purification Technology 

Holding company
Manufacture and sale of products
Manufacture and sale of products
Group’s sale and distribution centre
Sale and distribution of products
Manufacture and sale of products
Manufacture and sales of products

(Shanghai) Co. Limited

Strix (USA), Inc.

Research and development, sales,  

and distribution of products

Strix Italy S.R.L. (merged with LAICA S.p.A.) Holding company (merged with  

LAICA S.p.A.
LAICA Iberia Distribution S.L.
LAICA International Corp.
Taiwan LAICA Corp.
Foshan Yilai Life Electric  
Appliances Co. Limited.
LAICA Brand House Limited

LAICA S.p.A.)

Manufacture and sales of products
Sale and distribution of products
Sale and distribution of products
Sale and distribution of products
Sale and distribution of products

Country of 
incorporation 

Isle of Man
Isle of Man
China
UK
Hong Kong
China
China

USA

Italy

Italy
Spain
Taiwan
Taiwan
China

% of ordinary 
shares held by 
the Group

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100

100

100
100
67
67
45

Nature of 
shareholding 

Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Joint venture

Holding and licensing of trademarks

Hong Kong

45

Joint venture

Downstream merger of Strix Italy S.R.L. and LAICA S.p.A. 
As part of a Group restructuring that occurred during April 2021, Strix Italy S.R.L. was merged into LAICA S.p.A. in a downstream merger 
transaction effective 1 January 2021, resulting in Strix (U.K.) Limited owning 100% of the merged entity’s share capital. All assets and 
liabilities of the merged entity were recognised at net book values on the effective date of the downstream merger, however, there  
was no resulting impact on the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired as part of the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A., including its 
subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures. 

Group restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents held in China are subject to local exchange control regulations. These regulations provide for restrictions on 
exporting capital from those countries, other than through normal dividends. The carrying amount of the assets included within the 
consolidated financial statements to which these restrictions apply is £3,681,000 (2020: £4,618,000).

There are no other restrictions on the Group’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries.

14. ACQUISITIONS
Acquisitions made in the year ended 31 December 2021:
During the current year, there were no acquisitions of new subsidiaries or interests in joint ventures or associates. 

Acquisitions made in the year ended 31 December 2020:
Acquisition of LAICA S.p.A.:
On 26 October 2020 (during the prior year), the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of LAICA S.p.A. 
(‘LAICA’) through its newly incorporated subsidiary, Strix Italy S.R.L. (‘Strix Italy’), which has since been fully merged with LAICA S.p.A.  
in a downstream merger in the current year. LAICA is an Italian company focused on water purification and the sale of small household 
appliances for personal health and wellness. The Group entered into a share purchase agreement with vendor shareholders of LAICA, 
pursuant to which it acquired control of LAICA, including its subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures. The total consideration transferred 
for the acquisition was €26.9m (£24.4m), made up of €13.0m (£11.7m) paid in cash, the issue of 3,192,236 Strix Group Plc ordinary shares of 
£0.01 each with a total fair value of €8.0m (£7.3m), and a further contingent consideration with a fair value of €5.9m (£5.4m) representing  
an amount payable in cash subject to certain conditions being met, including threshold financial targets for the financial years ending 
31 December 2021 and 2022. The present value of the contingent consideration as at 31 December 2021 was €6.9m (£5.8m). 

122

Annual report and accounts 2021

14. ACQUISITIONS continued
In addition, a supplemental consulting arrangement was entered into with the vendor shareholders of LAICA under which total costs 
amounting to €4.9m (£4.4m) are payable in the financial years ending 31 December 2021 and 2022, relating to compensation for 
post-combination services. These costs are being accrued as the services are rendered to LAICA. As at 31 December 2021, €2.0m (£1.7m) 
was accrued for services rendered to date.

In the prior year financial statements, the accounting for the acquisition of LAICA included preliminary amounts of fair values of assets  
and liabilities acquired. Initially, these were measured on a provisional basis to allow for any potential adjustments resulting from any new 
information obtained within one year of the date of acquisition about facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition. As 
at the end of the current financial year ended 31 December 2021, one year had passed after the acquisition, and it was confirmed that new 
information came to light that prompted a revision to the fair value amounts recognised for inventory at acquisition date. Consequently, 
the amounts recognised at acquisition date have been updated to reflect the an increase in the fair value of inventory in the amount of 
£487,000 which has resulted in a decrease in the amount of goodwill recognised of £487,000. 

The final fair values at acquisition date of the assets and liabilities acquired were as follows:

Non-current assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in joint ventures

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Post-employment benefits
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Current borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets acquired

Book values
£000s

Fair value 
adjustments
£000s

Fair values
£000s

437
3,732
20

4,189

5,543
7,869
3,371

16,783

20,972

1,182
1,322
895
–

3,399

2,513
255
5,403

8,171

11,570

9,402

8,826
–
–

8,826

487
–
–

487

9,263
3,732
20

13,015

6,030
7,869
3,371

17,270

9,313

30,285

–
–
–
2,558

2,558

–
–
–

–

2,558

6,755

1,182
1,322
895
2,558

5,957

2,513
255
5,403

8,171

14,128

16,157

The fair value of the intangible assets was calculated based on a discounted cash flow model, based on the expected future income  
they will generate. The discount rate applied was the Group’s weighted average cost of capital, and a growth rate of 2% was assumed in 
perpetuity, based on the target inflation rate of the European Central Bank. A deferred tax liability has arisen on the fair value adjustments 
to intangible assets at the Italian corporate tax rate. As at 31 December 2021, the deferred tax liability was €2.7m, being £2.3m translated 
into Pound Sterling.

Inventory fair values were revised to reflect new information that arose from commercial data obtained during the measurement period 
and updated inventory provision policies aligned with the wider Group.

123

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

14. ACQUISITIONS continued
The fair value of acquired receivables shown in the table above and gross contractual amounts differed by a loss allowance of  
€105,000 (£95,000).

Acquisition costs included within ‘Administration expenses – exceptional items’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to £2.6m. These have been designated as a ‘separate transaction’ per IFRS 3 and 
therefore were not included as part of the purchase consideration. 

The revised goodwill at acquisition of €9.9m (£9.0m) was calculated as the purchase consideration of €26.9m (£24.4m), less the fair value 
of the net assets acquired of €17.9m (£16.2m) plus non-controlling interests of €0.9m (£0.8m). Goodwill amount as at 31 December 2021  
is £8.4m, which decreased in Pound Sterling value due to exchange rate movements. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of LAICA, its 
subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, is treated as LAICA’s asset and is expressed in Euro. For purposes of initial recognition,  
it is calculated using the exchange rate on the acquisition date. Subsequently, the goodwill is translated into the Group’s presentation 
currency, Pound Sterling, for consolidation purposes, at the closing rate each period. The goodwill was attributable to intangible assets 
that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as the cumulative skills and knowledge of the members of staff who became employees 
of the Group at the date of acquisition, together with the synergies expected to be generated by the Group following the acquisition, 
particularly within the water and small appliances categories. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

15. INVENTORIES

Raw materials and consumables
Finished goods and goods in transit

2021
£000s

12,139
7,883

20,022

2020
£000s

9,154
6,070

15,224

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to £52,396,000 (2020: £39,052,000).  
The provision for impaired inventories is £2,063,000 (2020: £2,513,000).

16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Trade receivables – current
Trade receivables – past due

Trade receivables – gross
Loss allowance 

Trade receivables – net 

Prepayments 
Advance purchase of commodities 
VAT receivables
Other receivables 

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

10,958
2,493

13,451
(104)

13,347

496
5,389
5,261
1,018

25,511

11,565
1,790

13,355
(159)

13,196

1,108
2,788
2,577
1,003

20,672

Trade and other receivables carrying values are considered to be equivalent to their fair values.

The amount of trade receivables impaired at 31 December 2021 is equal to the loss allowance provision (2020: same).

The advance purchase of commodities relates to a payment in advance to secure the purchase of key commodities at an agreed price to 
mitigate the commodity price risk. 

Other receivables include government grants due of £300,000 (2020: £433,000). There were no unfulfilled conditions in relation to these 
grants at the year end, although if the Group ceases to operate or leaves the Isle of Man within ten years from the date of the last grant 
payment, funds may be reclaimed.

124

 
 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued
The Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Pound Sterling 
Chinese Yuan 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Hong Kong Dollar 
Taiwan Dollar
Other

2021
£000s

5,471 
9,465 
1,478 
8,668 
118 
–
311 

25,511 

2020
£000s

5,110 
4,356 
1,863 
8,210 
114 
1,019 
–

20,672 

Movements on the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables and the inputs and estimation technique used to calculate 
expected credit losses have not been disclosed on the basis the amounts are not material. The provision at 31 December 2021 was 
£104,000 (2020: £159,000). 

17. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
The carrying amounts of the cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies: 

Pound Sterling
Chinese Yuan
US Dollar
Euro
Hong Kong Dollar
Taiwan Dollar

2021
£000s

4,424 
3,622 
8,183 
2,584 
207 
650

2020
£000s

4,594 
3,851 
3,228 
2,058 
108 
1,607

19,670 

15,446

Cash and cash equivalents include £nil (2020: £401,000) of cash deposits held as a guarantee to China SuiDong Customs office. Refer to 
note 13 for details of cash and cash equivalents held in China are subject to local exchange control regulations.

18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

Trade payables
Current income tax liabilities
Social security and other taxes
Customer rebates provisions
Capital creditors
VAT liabilities
Other liabilities
Payments in advance from customers
Accrued expenses
Consideration payable (note 14)

2021
£000s

11,060
1,631
352
2,152
2,256
130
3,204
1,936
4,796
–

27,517

2020
£000s

10,499
3,048
316
3,187
1,635
199
3,221
2,955
3,620
1,519

30,199

The fair value of financial liabilities approximates their carrying value due to short maturities.

Other liabilities include deferred government grants of £583,000 (2020: £709,000) There were no unfulfilled conditions in relation to these 
grants at the year end.

125

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES continued
Movement in payments in advance from customers were all driven by normal trading, with the full amounts due at beginning of the year 
released to revenues in the current year.

As at the end of the prior financial year ended 31 December 2020, consideration payable was an amount due in relation to the acquisition 
of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14). This amount was settled on the 8 March 2021. 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:

Pound Sterling
Chinese Yuan
US Dollar
Euro
Hong Kong Dollar
Taiwan Dollar

19. BORROWINGS

Total current borrowings

Total non-current borrowings

2021
£000s

13,604 
7,249 
1,951 
4,030 
253 
430 

27,517 

2020
£000s

8,414 
12,493 
1,800 
383 
6,460 
649 

30,199 

2021
£000s

1,064 

69,782 

2020
£000s

2,220

50,426

All of the current bank loans comprise of small individual short-term arrangements for financing purchases and optimising cash flows 
within the Italian subsidiary and were entered into by LAICA S.p.A. prior to acquisition by the Group. 

Current and non-current borrowings are shown net of loan arrangement fees of £181,000 (2020: £175,000) and £513,000 (2020: £700,000), 
respectively.

Term and debt repayment schedule for long-term borrowings

Revolving credit facility, net of loan arrangement 

fees 

UniCredit facility
Banco BPM
BNP Paribas
Banca Intesa Sanpaolo
Banca Intesa Sanpaolo
Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena
BANK SINOPAC CO.LTD.
BANK SINOPAC CO.LTD.
BNP Paribas
Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena
Banco BPM

Currency

Interest rate

Maturity date

GBP
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
TWD
TWD
EUR
EUR
EUR

LIBOR +1.50% to +2.85%
EURIBOR +1.10% to +3.60%
EURIBOR +1.10% to +3.60%
0.3115%
0.2%
EURIBOR 3M +1.10%
0.9%
LIBOR 1Y + Spread 0.755%
LIBOR 3M + Spread 0.750%
0.18%
0.18%
0.18%

27 May 25
28 Jun 24
30 Nov 23
30 Sep 21
29 Oct 21
27 Oct 21
1 Feb 21
29 May 27
23 Jun 21
30 Apr 22
31 Jan 22
31 Mar 22

31 December 
2021 
Carrying value 
(£000s)

31 December 
2020 
Carrying value 
(£000s)

69,306
210
329
–
–
–
–
–
–
172
425
404

70,846

49,126
317
536
632
170
142
659
275
789
–
–
–

52,646

126

 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

19. BORROWINGS continued
On 27 July 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc (as agent), and the Royal Bank of Scotland 
International Limited and HSBC Bank Plc (as original lenders) in respect of a revolving credit facility of £70,000,000. During 2020, the 
Company refinanced this by entering into an agreement with The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc (as agent), along with the Bank of China  
(UK) Limited and the Bank of Ireland in respect of a revolving credit facility of £80,000,000, with materially the same terms and covenants 
as the existing facility. As at 31 December 2021, the total facilities available are £80,000,000 (2020: £80,000,000).

Under the amended agreement, the initial drawdowns totalling £50,000,000 in the prior 2020 year allowed for the refinancing of the 
original revolving credit facility as well as to fund the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14). Further drawdowns were made during the current 
2021 year for financing working capital and for construction of the new factory. 

All amounts become immediately repayable and undrawn amounts cease to be available for drawdown in the event of a third-party 
gaining control of the Company. The Company and its material subsidiaries have entered into the agreement as guarantors, guaranteeing 
the obligations of the borrowers under the agreement (2020: same).

Transactions costs amounting to £875,000 incurred as part of the new debt financing facility were capitalised in 2020 and are being 
amortised over the period of the five year facility.

The various agreements contain representations and warranties which are usual for an agreement of this nature. The agreement also 
provides for the payment of a commitment fee, agency fee and arrangement fee, contains certain undertakings, guarantees and 
covenants (including financial covenants), and provides for certain events of default. During 2021, the Group has not breached any  
of the financial covenants contained within the agreements (2020: same) – see note 22(d) for further details. 

Interest applied to the revolving credit facility is calculated as the sum of the margin and LIBOR, and after 31 December 2021 LIBOR will  
be replaced by SONIA. An amendment to the facility agreement was signed during the current 2021 year for the transition from LIBOR  
to SONIA. The margin is a calculated based on the Group’s leverage as follows:

Leverage

Greater than or equal to 2.5x
Less than 2.5x but greater than or equal to 2.0x
Less than 2.0x but greater than or equal to 1.5x
Less than 1.5x but greater than or equal to 1.0x
Less than 1.0x

At 31 December 2021, the margin applied was 2.00% (2020: 2.00%).

Annualised margin 

2.85%
2.50%
2.20%
2.00%
1.50%

The fair values of the borrowings are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable on those borrowings 
is either close to current market rates and the borrowings are of a short-term nature.

20. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS 

Contracted for but not provided in the consolidated financial statements – Property, plant and equipment

2021
£000s

2,001

2020
£000s

4,307

The above commitments include capital expenditure of £1,639,000 (2020: £2,810,000) relating to the new factory in Zengcheng 
district, China.

21. CONTINGENT ASSETS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
There continues a number of ongoing intellectual property infringement cases initiated by the Group, as well as patent validation 
challenges brought by the defendants. All of these cases are still subject to due legal process in the countries in which the matters have 
been raised. As a result, no contingent assets have been recognised as receivable at 31 December 2021 (2020: same), as any receipts are 
dependent on the final outcome of each case. There are also no corresponding contingent liabilities at 31 December 2021 (2020: same).

127

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and commodity price 
risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and capital management risk.

Risk management is carried out by the Directors. The Group uses financial instruments where required to provide flexibility regarding its 
working capital requirements and to enable it to manage specific financial risks to which it is exposed. Transactions are only undertaken  
if they relate to actual underlying exposures and hence cannot be viewed as speculative. 

(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates predominantly in the Isle of Man, UK, EU, US and China and is therefore exposed to foreign exchange risk. Foreign 
exchange risk arises on sales and purchases made in foreign currencies and on recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in 
foreign operations.

The Group monitors its exposure to currency fluctuations on an ongoing basis. The Group uses foreign currency bank accounts to reduce 
its exposure to foreign currency translation risk, and the Group is naturally hedged against foreign exchange risk as it both generates 
revenues and incurs costs in the major currencies with which it deals. The major currencies the Group transacts in are:
•  British Pounds (GBP)
•  United States Dollar (USD)
•  Chinese Yuan (CNY) 
•  Euro (EUR)
•  Hong Kong Dollar (HKD)
•  Taiwan Dollar (TWD)

In December 2021, the Group entered into USD/GBP and USD/EUR forward exchange rate contracts to sell the notional amount of US$12m 
and hence mitigate the risk and impact of volatile exchange rate movements seen during the year on Group profits. The value of these 
contracts at year end is considered not material. 

Exposure by currency is analysed in notes 16, 17 and 18.

(ii) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its long-term borrowings, being the revolving credit facility and other borrowings disclosed  
in note 19. The interest rates on the revolving credit facility are variable, based on SONIA and certain other conditions dependent on the 
financial condition of the Group, which exposes the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable 
rates. Other borrowings are made up of both fixed rate loans and variable loans based on EURIBOR. This exposure is not considered by  
the Directors to be significant. 

(iii) Price risk
The Group is exposed to price risk, principally in relation to commodity prices of raw materials. The Group enters into forward commodity 
contracts or makes payments in advance in order to mitigate the impact of price movements on its gross margin. The Group has not 
designated any of these contracts as hedging instruments in either 2021 or 2020 as they relate to physical commodities being purchased 
for the Group’s own use. At 31 December 2021 and 2020, payments were made in advance to buy certain commodities at fixed prices,  
as disclosed in note 16. 

(iv) Sensitivity analysis
•  Foreign exchange risk: The Group is primarily exposed to exchange rate fluctuations between GBP and USD, CNY, HKD, EUR and  

TWD. Assuming a reasonably possible change in FX rates of +10% (2020: +10%), the impact on profit would be a decrease of £751,000 
(2020: a decrease of £805,000), and the impact on equity would be an increase of £1,877,000 (2020: an increase of £1,232,000). A -10% 
change (2020: -10%) in FX rates would cause an increase in profit of £918,000 (2020: an increase in profit of £1,832,000) and a £1,603,000 
decrease in equity (2020: £1,505,000 decrease in equity). This has been calculated by taking the profit generated by each currency and 
recalculating a comparable figure on a constant currency basis, and by retranslating the amounts in the consolidated statement of 
financial position to calculate the effect on equity.

•  Interest rate risk: The Group is exposed to interest rate fluctuations on its non-current borrowings, as disclosed in note 19. Assuming 
a reasonably possible change in the SONIA/EURIBOR rate of ±0.5% (2020: ±0.5%), the impact on profit would be an increase/decrease 
of £313,000 (2020: £234,000), and the impact on equity would be an increase/decrease of £138,000 (2020: £37,000). This has been 
calculated by recalculating the loan interest using the revised rate to calculate the impact on profit, and recalculating the year end 
loan interest balance payable using the same rate.

•  Commodity price risk: The Group is exposed to commodity price fluctuations, primarily in relation to copper and silver. Assuming a 

reasonably possible change in commodity prices of ±14% for silver (2020: ±39%) and ±14% for copper (2020: ±23%) based on volatility 
analysis for the past year, the impact on profit would be an increase/decrease of £3,766,000 (2020: £3,353,000). The Group does not

128

Annual report and accounts 2021

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
  hold significant quantities of copper and silver inventory, therefore the impact on equity would be the same as the profit or loss impact 

disclosed (2020: same). This has been calculated by taking the average purchase price of these commodities during the year in 
purchase currency and recalculating the cost of the purchases with the price sensitivity applied.

(b) Credit risk
The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of goods are made to clients with an appropriate credit history. The Group uses 
letters of credit and advance payments to minimise credit risk. Management believe there is no further credit risk provision required in 
excess of normal provision for doubtful receivables, as disclosed in note 16. The amount of trade and other receivables written off during 
the year amounted to less than 0.08% of revenue (2020: less than 0.04% of revenue).

Cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable institutions. All material cash amounts are deposited with financial institutions whose 
credit rating is at least B based on credit ratings according to Standard & Poor’s. The following table shows the external credit ratings of 
the institutions with whom the Group has cash deposits:

A
BBB
B
n/a

2021
£000s

3,989
15,633
11
37

19,670

2020
£000s

5,497 
9,909 
14
26

15,446 

As a result of the measures described above, the Group has no external concentrations of credit risk. 

(c) Liquidity risk
The Group maintained significant cash balances throughout the period and hence suffers minimal liquidity risk. Cash flow forecasting is 
performed for the Group by the finance function, which monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has 
sufficient cash to meet operational needs and so that the Group minimises the risk of breaching borrowing limits or covenants on any  
of its borrowing facilities. The Group has put into place revolving credit facilities to provide access to cash for various purposes, and 
headroom of £10,000,000 (2020: £30,000,000) remains available on this facility at 31 December 2021. 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities as at 31 December 2021 into relevant maturity groupings based on their 
contractual maturities for all non-derivative financial liabilities. There are no derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed in  
the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact  
of discounting is not significant.

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration payable

Less than 
6 months
£000s

27,517
2,540
548
6,081

6–12 
months
£000s

–
1,551
533
–

Total financial liabilities

36,686

2,084

Between 
1 and 2 
years
£000s

–
1,666
963
3,994

6,623

Between 
2 and 5 
years
£000s

–
70,635
2,427
–

73,062

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
£000s

27,517
76,392
4,764
10,075

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/ 
liabilities
£000s

27,517
70,846
3,371
7,464

118,748

109,198

Over 
5 years
£000s

–
–
293
–

293

In the prior year, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities included trade and other payables (less payment received in advance); 
substantially all had a contractual maturity date of less than three months. The Group’s borrowings were represented by several credit 
facilities detailed in note 19, including current borrowings that were repaid in 2021 of £2,392,000, and the remainder fell due between two 
and seven years. The contingent consideration payable in relation to the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. as disclosed in note 14, will only 
become payable in 2022 after 2021 performance criteria have been assessed.

(d) Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure its ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce 
the cost of capital. The aim of the Group is to maintain sufficient funds to enable it to make suitable capital investments whilst minimising 
recourse to bankers and/or shareholders. In order to maintain or adjust capital, the Group may adjust the amount of cash distributed to 
shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or raise debt through its access to the AIM market. 

129

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
Capital is monitored by the Group on a monthly basis by the finance function. This includes the monitoring of the Group’s gearing ratios 
and monitoring the terms of the financial covenants related to the revolving credit facilities as disclosed in note 19. These ratios are 
formally reported on a quarterly basis. The financial covenants were complied with throughout the period. At 31 December 2021 these 
ratios were as follows:
•  Interest cover ratio: 27.3x (2020: 33.4x) – minimum per facility terms is 4.0x; and
•  Leverage ratio: 1.31x (2020: 1.1x) – maximum per facility terms is 2.5x.

(e) Fair value hierarchy
This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are recognised 
and measured at fair value in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair 
value, the Group has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standards. An explanation 
of each level is as follows:

Level 1:    The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and equity securities)  

is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held  
by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1.

Level 2:    The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives)  
is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible  
on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is 
included in level 2.

Level 3:  

 If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is the 
case for unlisted equity securities.

The resulting fair value estimate for contingent consideration payable in relation to the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. (note 14), where the  
fair values have been determined based on probability estimates of meeting threshold financial targets for the financial years ending 
31 December 2021 and 2022 and discounted using a rate of 12.7%, has been classified as a level 3. There have been no other movements 
into or out of any levels during the year.

Description

2021 
£000s

2020
£000s

Unobservable 
inputs

Risk-adjusted 
discount rate

Probability weighted inputs

2021

12.7%

2020

Relationship of unobservable 
inputs to fair value

12.7% A change in the discount rate 
by 100 bps would increase/
decrease the fair value  
by £12,000

Contingent consideration 

(on performance 
conditions only)

5,785

5,380

Probability 
weighted cash 
flows

£5,961,000 Minimum £nil 
– 
Maximum
£6,425,000

If actual EBITDA increased to 
the highest probability level, 
fair value would increase by 
£137,000. If actual EBITDA 
decreased to the lowest 
probability level, fair value 
would decrease by £151,000

130

Annual report and accounts 2021

23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
Long-Term Incentive Plan terms
The Group granted a number of share options to employees of the Group. All of the shares granted are subject to service conditions, 
being continued employment with the Group until the end of the vesting period. The shares granted to the Executive Directors and senior 
staff also include certain performance conditions which must be met, based on predetermined earnings per share, dividend pay-out, and 
share price targets for the three financial years from grant date. 

During 2020, the Group amended the terms of the Isle of Man share options to conditional share awards. 

Participation in the plan is at the discretion of the Board and no individual has a contractual right to participate in the plan or to receive  
any guaranteed benefits. Where the employee is entitled to share options, these remain exercisable until the ten-year anniversary of  
the award date. Where the employee is entitled to conditional share awards, these are exercised on the vesting date.

The dividends that would be paid on a share in the period between grant and vesting reduce the fair value of the award if, in not owning 
the underlying shares, a participant does not receive the dividend income on these shares during the vesting period. All of the options 
and conditional share awards are granted under the plan for nil consideration and carry no voting rights. A summary of the options and 
conditional share awards is shown in the table below:

At 1 January 
Granted during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

As at 31 December 

Vested and exercisable at 31 December 

2021
Number of 
shares

3,590,383
1,115,098
(925,651)
(725,669)

2020
Number of 
shares

11,173,522
1,230,358
(8,754,059)
(59,438)

3,054,161

3,590,383

–

124,793

The Group has recognised a total expense of £1,549,000 (2020: £1,869,000) in respect of equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions in the year ended 31 December 2021. 

For each of the tranches, the first day of the exercise period is the vesting date and the last day of the exercise period is the expiry date, 
as listed in the valuation model input table below. The weighted average contractual life of options and conditional share awards 
outstanding at 31 December 2021 was 8.4 years (2020: 8.5 years).

Valuation model inputs
The key inputs to the model for the purposes of estimating the fair values of the share options outstanding at the end of the year are 
as follows:

Grant date

15 August 2017
12 February 2018
1 November 2018
26 November 2018
4 March 2019
20 May 2019
6 April 2020
1 May 2020
6 May 2020
21 April 2021

Total share options

Share price on 
grant date 
(p)

133.38
138.00
148.00
136.00
155.00
157.80
170.00
183.40
181.00
290.00

Expiry date

15 August 2027
12 February 2028
1 November 2028
26 November 2028
4 March 2029
20 May 2029
6 April 2030
1 May 2030
6 May 2030
21 April 2031

Weighted 
average 
probability of 
meeting 
performance 
criteria

100.00%
100.00%
51.16%
100.00%
100.00%
41.0%
100.0%
34.0%
100.0%
66.0%

Share options 
outstanding at 
31 December 
2021

Share options 
outstanding at 
31 December 
2020

–
–
–
–
–
525,602
310,867
502,495
36,364
820,285

124,793
19,500
748,853
10,760
200,215
525,602
7,288
339,567
502,495
36,364

2,195,613

2,515,437

131

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
The key inputs to the model for the purposes of estimating the fair values of the conditional share awards outstanding at the end of the 
year are as follows:

Grant date

12 February 2018
12 February 2018
1 November 2018
20 May 2019
19 August 2019
24 February 2020
6 April 2020
1 May 2020
6 May 2020
21 April 2021
6 December 2021
6 December 2021

Total conditional share awards

Total share options and conditional share awards

Share price on 
grant date 
(p)

138.00
138.00
148.00
157.80
158.00
179.80
170.00
183.40
181.00
290.00
296.50
296.50

Vesting date

1 January 2021
22 April 2021
5 April 2021
1 April 2022
1 April 2022
24 April 2022
6 April 2022
31 December 2022
31 December 2022
31 December 2023
31 December 2023
31 December 2024

Weighted 
average 
probability of 
meeting 
performance 
criteria

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding at 
31 December 
2021

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding at 
31 December 
2020

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
41.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
34.0%
100.0%
60.4%
59.0%
59.0%

–
–
–
304,254
4,250
10,772
90,104
165,759
28,481
229,515
16,090
9,323

14,000
60,500
348,233
304,254
4,250
15,500
101,381
198,347
28,481
–
–
–

858,548

1,074,946

3,054,161

3,590,383

The reduction in the fair value of the awards as a consequence of not being entitled to dividends reduced the charge for the options 
granted during the year by £nil (2020: £47,000) and the expected charge over the life of the options by a total of £nil (2020: £420,000).

Other factors in determining the fair values of the share options and conditional awards do not affect the calculation and have not been 
disclosed, as the share options were issued for nil consideration and do not have an exercise price. The weighted average fair value of  
the options outstanding at the period end was £2.1217 (2020: £1.4120).

The movement within the share-based payment reserve during the period is as follows:

Share-based payments reserve at beginning of the year
Share-based payments transactions note 5(a)
Other share-based payments
Share-based payments transferred to other reserves upon exercise/vesting

Share-based payments reserve at year end

2021
£000s

1,913
1,549
(174)
(1,249)

2,039

2020
£000s

13,063
1,869
–
(13,019)

1,913

Share-based payments transferred to other reserves upon exercise/vesting in the prior year included the settlement of dividend 
entitlements previously accrued as part of the LTIP programme, amounts released from forfeited LTIP shares, and a warrant exercised  
on 27 November 2020 by Zeus Capital Limited for 3,800,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of £1.00.

132

 
 
Annual report and accounts 2021

24. SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM

Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 1p each
Balance at 1 January 2021
Shares issues during the year

Balance at 31 December 2021

Number of 
shares
(000s)

205,746
926

206,672

Par value
£000s

2,057
9

2,066

Total
£000s

2,057
9

2,066

Under the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006, the Company is not required to have an authorised share capital. 

In the current year, all share issues related to the exercise of vested share options (refer to note 23).

In the prior year, the Company issued shares for a total value of £11,230,000 which included 3,192,236 shares at nominal value of £31,992 
issued as part of total consideration paid for the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. on 27 October 2020, (note 14), 3,800,000 shares at a nominal 
value of £38,000 issued to Zeus Capital Limited on exercising their warrant (note 23), and the remainder relate to employee share-based 
payments (note 23). Accordingly, £11,073,000 was recognised as share premium. 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at 
meetings of the Company. All shares rank pari passu in all respects including voting rights and dividend entitlement.

See note 23 for further information regarding share-based payments which may impact the share capital in future periods.

25.  DIVIDENDS
The following amounts were recognised as distributions in the year: 

Interim 2021 dividend of 2.75p per share (2020: 2.6p)
Final 2020 dividend of 5.25p per share (2019: 5.1p)

Total dividends recognised in the year 

2021
£000s

5,679
10,831

16,510

2020
£000s

5,167
10,143

15,310

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the Directors have proposed the payment of a final dividend of 5.6p per share 
(2020: 5.25p). The aggregate amount of the proposed final dividend expected to be paid on 10 June 2022 out of retained earnings  
at 31 December 2021, but not recognised as a liability at year end, is shown in the table below. The payment of this dividend will not  
have any tax consequences for the Group. 

Final 2021 dividend of 5.6p per share (2020: 5.25p)

Total dividends proposed but not recognised in the year,  
and estimated to be recognised in the following year 

2021
£000s

11,574

2020
£000s

10,802

11,574

10,802

133

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

26. LEASES
a) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position
The consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

ROU assets 
Land and buildings 

Total ROU assets 

Current future lease liabilities (due within 12 months) 
Non-current future lease liabilities (due in more than 12 months) 

Total future lease liabilities 

2021
£000s

3,247

3,247

773
2,598

3,371

2020
£000s

3,928

3,928

1,254
2,846

4,100

Additions to the ROU liabilities during the 2021 financial year were £1,474,000 (2020: £1,150,000). Disposals of ROU liabilities during the 
current year were £735,000 (2020: £nil)

Short-term leases and leases of low values were recognised directly in the statement of comprehensive income, amounting to £209,000 
(2020: £280,000).

Total cash outflows relating to all lease payments, including short-term leases and leases of low values were £1,771,000 (2020: £1,735,000).

The movement in lease liabilities is as follows: 

Balance as at 1 January
Additions
Disposals 
Adjustments due to lease modifications
Repayments 
Interest expense (included in finance cost) 
Sub-lease income 
Foreign exchange gains 

Balance as at 31 December 

b) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
The statement of consolidated comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation of ROU assets 
Interest expense (included in finance cost) 
Foreign exchange gains 

Total cost relating to leases 

2021
£000s

4,100
1,474
(735)
35
(1,562)
105
(40)
(6)

3,371

2021
£000s

(1,396)
(105)
6

(1,495)

2020
£000s

4,468
1,150
–
–
(1,455)
103
(160)
(6)

4,100

2020
£000s

(1,470) 
(103) 
6 

(1,567) 

134

Annual report and accounts 2021

27. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS NOTES 
a) Cash generated from operations 

Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of ROU assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share of losses/(profits) from joint ventures
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Other non-cash flow items
Share-based payment transactions
Net exchange differences

Changes in working capital:
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Note

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

23,720

26,635

12
12
11

12

23
6(a)

3,173
1,396
2,310
50
1,679
1,703
1,400
186

3,042
1,470
1,477
(61)
12
–
687
505

35,617

33,767

(5,320)
(6,649)
558

24,206

(138)
(4,294)
2,785

32,120

Other non-cash flow items include accrual of amounts relating to compensation for post-combination services, which were accrued as 
part of the acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. as the services were rendered (see note 14).

Share-based payment transactions include other transactions recognised directly in equity included in the statement of changes 
of equity. 

b) Movement in net debt

Borrowings, net of loan arrangement fees
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

At 
1 January 
2021
£000s 

(52,646)
(4,100)

(56,746)

15,446

(41,300)

Non-cash movements

Cash flows
£000s 

Currency 
movements
£000s 

Other 
movements
£000s 

At 
31 December 
2021
£000s 

(18,180)
1,562

(16,618)

3,987

(12,631)

206
6

212

237

449

(226)
(839)

(70,846)
(3,371)

(1,065)

(74,217)

–

19,670

(1,065)

(54,547)

28. ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNER 
There is not considered to be any ultimate beneficial owner, as the Company is listed on AIM. No single shareholder beneficially owns  
more than 25% of the Company’s share capital. 

135

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
Strix Group Plc

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
(a) Identity of related parties
Related parties include all of the companies within the Group, however, these transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation 
within the consolidated financial statements and are not disclosed, except for related party balances held with joint ventures which are 
not eliminated. 

The Group also operates a defined contribution pension scheme which is considered a related party. 

(b) Related party balances
Trading balances

Related party
The Strix Limited Retirement Fund
Foshan Yilai Life Electric Appliances Co. Limited
LAICA Brand House Limited

(c) Related party transactions
The following transactions with related parties occurred during the year:

Name of related party

Transactions with other related parties
Revenue earned from Foshan Yilai Life Electric Appliances Co. Limited
Revenue earned from LAICA Brand House Limited
Contributions paid to The Strix Limited Retirement Fund (note 5(c)(i))

Balance due from

Balance due to

2021
£000s

–
165
25

2020
£000s

2021
£000s

2020
£000s

–
94
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

2021
£000s

298
3
(684)

2020
£000s

72
–
(611)

Further information is given on the related party balances and transactions below:
•  Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5(b).
• 

Information about the pension schemes operated by the Group is disclosed in note 5(c), and transactions with the pension schemes 
operated by the Group relate to contributions made to those schemes on behalf of Group employees. 
Information on dividends paid to shareholders is given in note 25.

• 

30. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS 
The Group does not have any material events after the reporting period to disclose. 

136

Legal and professional advisors

Registered office
Strix Group Plc
Forrest House
Ronaldsway
Isle of Man
IM9 2RG

Principal bankers
The Royal Bank of Scotland International Limited
2 Athol Street 
Douglas 
Isle of Man 
IM99 1AN

Bank of China (UK) Limited
1 Lothbury
London
EC2R 7DB

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland
40 Mespil Road
Dublin 4
Ireland

Share registrars
Link Market Services (Isle of Man) Limited
Clinch’s House
Lord Street
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM99 1RZ

Financial PR and IR
IFC Advisory Limited
24 Cornhill
London
EC3V 3ND

Independent auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
Sixty Circular Road
Douglas 
Isle of Man
IM1 1SA

Nominated advisor and broker
Zeus Capital Limited
82 King Street
Manchester
M2 4WQ

and

10 Old Burlington Street
London
W1S 3AG

Joint broker
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited 
150 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6ET

Solicitors
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP
Cannon Place
78 Cannon Street
London
EC4N 6AF

Company number
014963V (Isle of Man) 

The outer cover of this report has been 
laminated with a biodegradable film.  
Around 20 months after composting,  
an additive within the film will initiate  
the process of oxidation.

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Strix Group Plc 
Forrest House
Ronaldsway 
Isle of Man
IM9 2RG 

Tel: +44 (0)1624 829 829
Email: info@strix.com

www.strixplc.com